|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
|
|
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"><head
|
|
profile="http://dublincore.org/documents/2008/08/04/dc-html/">
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
|
|
<meta name="robots" content="index,follow">
|
|
<meta name="creator" content="rfcmarkup version 1.86">
|
|
<link rel="schema.DC" href="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Relation.Replaces" content="rfc2821">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Identifier" content="urn:ietf:rfc:5321">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Date.Issued" content="October, 2008">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Klensin, J.">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Description.Abstract" content="This document is a
|
|
|
|
specification of the basic protocol for Internet\nelectronic mail
|
|
|
|
transport. It consolidates, updates, and clarifies\nseveral previous
|
|
|
|
documents, making all or parts of most of them\nobsolete. It covers the
|
|
|
|
SMTP extension mechanisms and best practices\nfor the contemporary
|
|
|
|
Internet, but does not provide details about\nparticular extensions.
|
|
|
|
Although SMTP was designed as a mail transport\nand delivery protocol,
|
|
|
|
this specification also contains information\nthat is important to its
|
|
|
|
use as a " submission="" protocol="" for\n="" split-ua="" (user=""
|
|
agent)="" mail="" reading="" systems="" and="" mobile=""
|
|
environments.="">
|
|
<meta name="DC.Title" content="Simple Mail Transfer Protocol">
|
|
|
|
<link rel="icon" href="http://tools.ietf.org/images/rfc.png"
|
|
type="image/png">
|
|
<link rel="shortcut icon"
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/images/rfc.png" type="image/png">
|
|
<title>RFC 5321 - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<style type="text/css">
|
|
body {
|
|
margin: 0px 8px;
|
|
font-size: 1em;
|
|
}
|
|
h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4, .h5, .h6 {
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
line-height: 0pt;
|
|
display: inline;
|
|
white-space: pre;
|
|
font-family: monospace;
|
|
font-size: 1em;
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
}
|
|
pre {
|
|
font-size: 1em;
|
|
margin-top: 0px;
|
|
margin-bottom: 0px;
|
|
}
|
|
.pre {
|
|
white-space: pre;
|
|
font-family: monospace;
|
|
}
|
|
.header{
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
}
|
|
.newpage {
|
|
page-break-before: always;
|
|
}
|
|
.invisible {
|
|
text-decoration: none;
|
|
color: white;
|
|
}
|
|
@media print {
|
|
body {
|
|
font-size: 10.5pt;
|
|
}
|
|
h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
|
|
font-size: 10.5pt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
a:link, a:visited {
|
|
color: inherit;
|
|
text-decoration: none;
|
|
}
|
|
.noprint {
|
|
display: none;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
@media screen {
|
|
.grey, .grey a:link, .grey a:visited {
|
|
color: #777;
|
|
}
|
|
.docinfo {
|
|
background-color: #EEE;
|
|
}
|
|
.top {
|
|
border-top: 7px solid #EEE;
|
|
}
|
|
.bgwhite { background-color: white; }
|
|
.bgred { background-color: #F44; }
|
|
.bggrey { background-color: #666; }
|
|
.bgbrown { background-color: #840; }
|
|
.bgorange { background-color: #FA0; }
|
|
.bgyellow { background-color: #EE0; }
|
|
.bgmagenta{ background-color: #F4F; }
|
|
.bgblue { background-color: #66F; }
|
|
.bgcyan { background-color: #4DD; }
|
|
.bggreen { background-color: #4F4; }
|
|
|
|
.legend { font-size: 90%; }
|
|
.cplate { font-size: 70%; border: solid grey 1px; }
|
|
}
|
|
</style>
|
|
<!--[if IE]>
|
|
|
|
<style>
|
|
|
|
body {
|
|
|
|
font-size: 13px;
|
|
|
|
margin: 10px 10px;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
</style>
|
|
|
|
<![endif]-->
|
|
|
|
<script type="text/javascript"><!--
|
|
function addHeaderTags() {
|
|
var spans = document.getElementsByTagName("span");
|
|
for (var i=0; i < spans.length; i++) {
|
|
var elem = spans[i];
|
|
if (elem) {
|
|
var level = elem.getAttribute("class");
|
|
if (level == "h1" || level == "h2" || level == "h3" || level == "h4" || level == "h5" || level == "h6") {
|
|
elem.innerHTML = "<"+level+">"+elem.innerHTML+"</"+level+">";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
var legend_html = "Colour legend:<br /> <table> <tr><td>Unknown:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgwhite'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Draft:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgred'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Informational:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgorange'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Experimental:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgyellow'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Best Common Practice:</td><td><span class='cplate bgmagenta'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Proposed Standard:</td><td><span class='cplate bgblue'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Draft Standard:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgcyan'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Standard:</td> <td><span class='cplate bggreen'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Historic:</td> <td><span class='cplate bggrey'> </span></td></tr> <tr><td>Obsolete:</td> <td><span class='cplate bgbrown'> </span></td></tr> </table>";
|
|
function showElem(id) {
|
|
var elem = document.getElementById(id);
|
|
elem.innerHTML = eval(id+"_html");
|
|
elem.style.visibility='visible';
|
|
}
|
|
function hideElem(id) {
|
|
var elem = document.getElementById(id);
|
|
elem.style.visibility='hidden';
|
|
elem.innerHTML = "";
|
|
}
|
|
// -->
|
|
</script>
|
|
</head><body onload="addHeaderTags()">
|
|
<div style="height: 13px;">
|
|
<div onmouseover="this.style.cursor='pointer';"
|
|
onclick="showElem('legend');" onmouseout="hideElem('legend')"
|
|
style="height: 6px; position: absolute; cursor: pointer;" class="pre
|
|
|
|
noprint docinfo bgcyan" title="Click for colour legend.">
|
|
</div>
|
|
<div id="legend" class="docinfo noprint pre legend"
|
|
style="position: absolute; top: 4px; left: 4ex; visibility: hidden;
|
|
background-color: white; padding: 4px 9px 5px 7px; border: 1px solid
|
|
rgb(51, 68, 85);" onmouseover="showElem('legend');"
|
|
onmouseout="hideElem('legend');"></div>
|
|
</div>
|
|
<span class="pre noprint docinfo top">[<a
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/" title="Document search and retrieval
|
|
|
|
page">Docs</a>] [<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5321.txt"
|
|
title="Plaintext version of this document">txt</a>] [<a
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/pdf/rfc5321" title="PDF version of this
|
|
|
|
document">pdf</a>] [<a
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-klensin-rfc2821bis"
|
|
title="draft-klensin-rfc2821bis">draft-klensin-rfc2821bis</a>] [<a
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/rfcdiff?difftype=--hwdiff&url2=rfc5321"
|
|
title="Inline diff (wdiff)">Diff1</a>] [<a
|
|
href="http://tools.ietf.org/rfcdiff?url2=rfc5321" title="Side-by-side
|
|
|
|
diff">Diff2</a>] </span><br>
|
|
<span class="pre noprint docinfo">
|
|
</span><br>
|
|
<span class="pre noprint docinfo">
|
|
DRAFT STANDARD</span><br>
|
|
<span class="pre noprint docinfo">
|
|
<a
|
|
href="http://www.rfc-editor.org/errata_search.php?rfc=5321">Errata</a></span><br>
|
|
<pre>Network Working Group J. Klensin
|
|
Request for Comments: 5321 October 2008
|
|
Obsoletes: <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">2821</a>
|
|
Updates: <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">1123</a>
|
|
Category: Standards Track
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1>Simple Mail Transfer Protocol</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
Status of This Memo
|
|
|
|
This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
|
|
Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
|
|
improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
|
|
Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
|
|
and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
|
|
|
|
Abstract
|
|
|
|
This document is a specification of the basic protocol for Internet
|
|
electronic mail transport. It consolidates, updates, and clarifies
|
|
several previous documents, making all or parts of most of them
|
|
obsolete. It covers the SMTP extension mechanisms and best practices
|
|
for the contemporary Internet, but does not provide details about
|
|
particular extensions. Although SMTP was designed as a mail
|
|
transport and delivery protocol, this specification also contains
|
|
information that is important to its use as a "mail submission"
|
|
protocol for "split-UA" (User Agent) mail reading systems and mobile
|
|
environments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 1]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-2" id="page-2" href="#page-2" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
<a href="#section-1">1</a>. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-5">5</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-1.1">1.1</a>. Transport of Electronic Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-5">5</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-1.2">1.2</a>. History and Context for This Document . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-5">5</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-1.3">1.3</a>. Document Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-6">6</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2">2</a>. The SMTP Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-7">7</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.1">2.1</a>. Basic Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-7">7</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.2">2.2</a>. The Extension Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-9">9</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.2.1">2.2.1</a>. Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-9">9</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.2.2">2.2.2</a>. Definition and Registration of Extensions . . . . . . <a href="#page-10">10</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.2.3">2.2.3</a>. Special Issues with Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-11">11</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3">2.3</a>. SMTP Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-11">11</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.1">2.3.1</a>. Mail Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-11">11</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.2">2.3.2</a>. Senders and Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-12">12</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.3">2.3.3</a>. Mail Agents and Message Stores . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-12">12</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.4">2.3.4</a>. Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-13">13</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.5">2.3.5</a>. Domain Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-13">13</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.6">2.3.6</a>. Buffer and State Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-14">14</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.7">2.3.7</a>. Commands and Replies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-14">14</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.8">2.3.8</a>. Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-14">14</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.9">2.3.9</a>. Message Content and Mail Data . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-15">15</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.10">2.3.10</a>. Originator, Delivery, Relay, and Gateway Systems . . . <a href="#page-15">15</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.11">2.3.11</a>. Mailbox and Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-15">15</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-2.4">2.4</a>. General Syntax Principles and Transaction Model . . . . . <a href="#page-16">16</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3">3</a>. The SMTP Procedures: An Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-17">17</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.1">3.1</a>. Session Initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-18">18</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.2">3.2</a>. Client Initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-18">18</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.3">3.3</a>. Mail Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-19">19</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.4">3.4</a>. Forwarding for Address Correction or Updating . . . . . . <a href="#page-21">21</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.5">3.5</a>. Commands for Debugging Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-22">22</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.5.1">3.5.1</a>. Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-22">22</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.5.2">3.5.2</a>. VRFY Normal Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-24">24</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.5.3">3.5.3</a>. Meaning of VRFY or EXPN Success Response . . . . . . . <a href="#page-25">25</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.5.4">3.5.4</a>. Semantics and Applications of EXPN . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-26">26</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.6">3.6</a>. Relaying and Mail Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-26">26</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.6.1">3.6.1</a>. Source Routes and Relaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-26">26</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.6.2">3.6.2</a>. Mail eXchange Records and Relaying . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-26">26</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.6.3">3.6.3</a>. Message Submission Servers as Relays . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-27">27</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7">3.7</a>. Mail Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-28">28</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7.1">3.7.1</a>. Header Fields in Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-28">28</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7.2">3.7.2</a>. Received Lines in Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-29">29</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7.3">3.7.3</a>. Addresses in Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-29">29</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7.4">3.7.4</a>. Other Header Fields in Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-29">29</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.7.5">3.7.5</a>. Envelopes in Gatewaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-30">30</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.8">3.8</a>. Terminating Sessions and Connections . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-30">30</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.9">3.9</a>. Mailing Lists and Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-31">31</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-3.9.1">3.9.1</a>. Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-31">31</a>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 2]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-3" id="page-3" href="#page-3" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<a href="#section-3.9.2">3.9.2</a>. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-31">31</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4">4</a>. The SMTP Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-32">32</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1">4.1</a>. SMTP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-32">32</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.1">4.1.1</a>. Command Semantics and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-32">32</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.2">4.1.2</a>. Command Argument Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-41">41</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.3">4.1.3</a>. Address Literals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-43">43</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.4">4.1.4</a>. Order of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-44">44</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.5">4.1.5</a>. Private-Use Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-46">46</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.2">4.2</a>. SMTP Replies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-46">46</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.2.1">4.2.1</a>. Reply Code Severities and Theory . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-48">48</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.2.2">4.2.2</a>. Reply Codes by Function Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-50">50</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.2.3">4.2.3</a>. Reply Codes in Numeric Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-52">52</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.2.4">4.2.4</a>. Reply Code 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-53">53</a>
|
|
4.2.5. Reply Codes after DATA and the Subsequent
|
|
<CRLF>.<CRLF> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-53">53</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.3">4.3</a>. Sequencing of Commands and Replies . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-54">54</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.3.1">4.3.1</a>. Sequencing Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-54">54</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.3.2">4.3.2</a>. Command-Reply Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-55">55</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.4">4.4</a>. Trace Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-57">57</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5">4.5</a>. Additional Implementation Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-61">61</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.1">4.5.1</a>. Minimum Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-61">61</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.2">4.5.2</a>. Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-62">62</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3">4.5.3</a>. Sizes and Timeouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-62">62</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1">4.5.3.1</a>. Size Limits and Minimums . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-62">62</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.1">4.5.3.1.1</a>. Local-part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.2">4.5.3.1.2</a>. Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.3">4.5.3.1.3</a>. Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.4">4.5.3.1.4</a>. Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.5">4.5.3.1.5</a>. Reply Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.6">4.5.3.1.6</a>. Text Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.7">4.5.3.1.7</a>. Message Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-63">63</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.8">4.5.3.1.8</a>. Recipients Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-64">64</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.9">4.5.3.1.9</a>. Treatment When Limits Exceeded . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-64">64</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.1.10">4.5.3.1.10</a>. Too Many Recipients Code . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-64">64</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2">4.5.3.2</a>. Timeouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-65">65</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.1">4.5.3.2.1</a>. Initial 220 Message: 5 Minutes . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-65">65</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.2">4.5.3.2.2</a>. MAIL Command: 5 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-65">65</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.3">4.5.3.2.3</a>. RCPT Command: 5 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-65">65</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.4">4.5.3.2.4</a>. DATA Initiation: 2 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-66">66</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.5">4.5.3.2.5</a>. Data Block: 3 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-66">66</a>
|
|
4.5.3.2.6. DATA Termination: 10 Minutes. . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-66">66</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.3.2.7">4.5.3.2.7</a>. Server Timeout: 5 Minutes. . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-66">66</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.4">4.5.4</a>. Retry Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-66">66</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.5">4.5.5</a>. Messages with a Null Reverse-Path . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-68">68</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-5">5</a>. Address Resolution and Mail Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-69">69</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-5.1">5.1</a>. Locating the Target Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-69">69</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-5.2">5.2</a>. IPv6 and MX Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-71">71</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-6">6</a>. Problem Detection and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-71">71</a>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 3]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-4" id="page-4" href="#page-4" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<a href="#section-6.1">6.1</a>. Reliable Delivery and Replies by Email . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-71">71</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-6.2">6.2</a>. Unwanted, Unsolicited, and "Attack" Messages . . . . . . . <a href="#page-72">72</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-6.3">6.3</a>. Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-73">73</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-6.4">6.4</a>. Compensating for Irregularities . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-73">73</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7">7</a>. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-75">75</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.1">7.1</a>. Mail Security and Spoofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-75">75</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.2">7.2</a>. "Blind" Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-76">76</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.3">7.3</a>. VRFY, EXPN, and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-76">76</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.4">7.4</a>. Mail Rerouting Based on the 251 and 551 Response Codes . . <a href="#page-77">77</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.5">7.5</a>. Information Disclosure in Announcements . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-77">77</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.6">7.6</a>. Information Disclosure in Trace Fields . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-78">78</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.7">7.7</a>. Information Disclosure in Message Forwarding . . . . . . . <a href="#page-78">78</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.8">7.8</a>. Resistance to Attacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-78">78</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-7.9">7.9</a>. Scope of Operation of SMTP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-78">78</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-8">8</a>. IANA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-79">79</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-9">9</a>. Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-80">80</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-10">10</a>. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-81">81</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-10.1">10.1</a>. Normative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-81">81</a>
|
|
<a href="#section-10.2">10.2</a>. Informative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-82">82</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-A">Appendix A</a>. TCP Transport Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-85">85</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-B">Appendix B</a>. Generating SMTP Commands from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> Header
|
|
Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-85">85</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>. Source Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-86">86</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-D">Appendix D</a>. Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-87">87</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-D.1">D.1</a>. A Typical SMTP Transaction Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-88">88</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-D.2">D.2</a>. Aborted SMTP Transaction Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-89">89</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-D.3">D.3</a>. Relayed Mail Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-90">90</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-D.4">D.4</a>. Verifying and Sending Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-92">92</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-E">Appendix E</a>. Other Gateway Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-92">92</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F">Appendix F</a>. Deprecated Features of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-93">93</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.1">F.1</a>. TURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-93">93</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.2">F.2</a>. Source Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-93">93</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.3">F.3</a>. HELO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-93">93</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.4">F.4</a>. #-literals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-94">94</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.5">F.5</a>. Dates and Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-94">94</a>
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.6">F.6</a>. Sending versus Mailing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <a href="#page-94">94</a>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 4]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-5" id="page-5" href="#page-5" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-1">1</a>. Introduction</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-1.1">1.1</a>. Transport of Electronic Mail</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
The objective of the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is to
|
|
transfer mail reliably and efficiently.
|
|
|
|
SMTP is independent of the particular transmission subsystem and
|
|
requires only a reliable ordered data stream channel. While this
|
|
document specifically discusses transport over TCP, other transports
|
|
are possible. Appendices to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> [<a href="#ref-1" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"">1</a>] describe some of them.
|
|
|
|
An important feature of SMTP is its capability to transport mail
|
|
across multiple networks, usually referred to as "SMTP mail relaying"
|
|
(see <a href="#section-3.6">Section 3.6</a>). A network consists of the mutually-TCP-accessible
|
|
hosts on the public Internet, the mutually-TCP-accessible hosts on a
|
|
firewall-isolated TCP/IP Intranet, or hosts in some other LAN or WAN
|
|
environment utilizing a non-TCP transport-level protocol. Using
|
|
SMTP, a process can transfer mail to another process on the same
|
|
network or to some other network via a relay or gateway process
|
|
accessible to both networks.
|
|
|
|
In this way, a mail message may pass through a number of intermediate
|
|
relay or gateway hosts on its path from sender to ultimate recipient.
|
|
The Mail eXchanger mechanisms of the domain name system (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>], <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc974">RFC 974</a> [<a href="#ref-12" title=""Mail routing and the domain system"">12</a>], and <a href="#section-5">Section 5</a> of this document) are used to
|
|
identify the appropriate next-hop destination for a message being
|
|
transported.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-1.2">1.2</a>. History and Context for This Document</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
This document is a specification of the basic protocol for the
|
|
Internet electronic mail transport. It consolidates, updates and
|
|
clarifies, but does not add new or change existing functionality of
|
|
the following:
|
|
|
|
o the original SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) specification of
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> [<a href="#ref-1" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"">1</a>],
|
|
|
|
o domain name system requirements and implications for mail
|
|
transport from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>] and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc974">RFC 974</a> [<a href="#ref-12" title=""Mail routing and the domain system"">12</a>],
|
|
|
|
o the clarifications and applicability statements in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a> [<a href="#ref-3" title=""Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and Support"">3</a>],
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
o material drawn from the SMTP Extension mechanisms in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1869">RFC 1869</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-13" title=""SMTP Service Extensions"">13</a>].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 5]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-6" id="page-6" href="#page-6" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Editorial and clarification changes to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a> [<a href="#ref-14" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"">14</a>] to bring that
|
|
specification to Draft Standard.
|
|
|
|
It obsoletes <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc974">RFC 974</a>, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1869">RFC 1869</a>, and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a> and updates <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">1123</a> (replacing the mail transport materials of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a>). However,
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> specifies some features that were not in significant use in
|
|
the Internet by the mid-1990s and (in appendices) some additional
|
|
transport models. Those sections are omitted here in the interest of
|
|
clarity and brevity; readers needing them should refer to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>.
|
|
|
|
It also includes some additional material from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a> that required
|
|
amplification. This material has been identified in multiple ways,
|
|
mostly by tracking flaming on various lists and newsgroups and
|
|
problems of unusual readings or interpretations that have appeared as
|
|
the SMTP extensions have been deployed. Where this specification
|
|
moves beyond consolidation and actually differs from earlier
|
|
documents, it supersedes them technically as well as textually.
|
|
|
|
Although SMTP was designed as a mail transport and delivery protocol,
|
|
this specification also contains information that is important to its
|
|
use as a "mail submission" protocol, as recommended for Post Office
|
|
Protocol (POP) (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc937">RFC 937</a> [<a href="#ref-15" title=""Post Office Protocol: Version 2"">15</a>], <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1939">RFC 1939</a> [<a href="#ref-16" title=""Post Office Protocol - Version 3"">16</a>]) and IMAP (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3501">RFC 3501</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-17" title=""INTERNET MESSAGE ACCESS PROTOCOL - VERSION 4rev1"">17</a>]). In general, the separate mail submission protocol specified
|
|
in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a> [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>] is now preferred to direct use of SMTP; more
|
|
discussion of that subject appears in that document.
|
|
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3">Section 2.3</a> provides definitions of terms specific to this document.
|
|
Except when the historical terminology is necessary for clarity, this
|
|
document uses the current 'client' and 'server' terminology to
|
|
identify the sending and receiving SMTP processes, respectively.
|
|
|
|
A companion document, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>], discusses message header sections
|
|
and bodies and specifies formats and structures for them.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-1.3">1.3</a>. Document Conventions</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
|
|
"SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
|
|
document are to be interpreted as described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119">RFC 2119</a> [<a href="#ref-5" title=""Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels"">5</a>]. As each
|
|
of these terms was intentionally and carefully chosen to improve the
|
|
interoperability of email, each use of these terms is to be treated
|
|
as a conformance requirement.
|
|
|
|
Because this document has a long history and to avoid the risk of
|
|
various errors and of confusing readers and documents that point to
|
|
this one, most examples and the domain names they contain are
|
|
preserved from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a>. Readers are cautioned that these are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 6]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-7" id="page-7" href="#page-7" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
illustrative examples that should not actually be used in either code
|
|
or configuration files.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-2">2</a>. The SMTP Model</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-2.1">2.1</a>. Basic Structure</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
The SMTP design can be pictured as:
|
|
|
|
+----------+ +----------+
|
|
+------+ | | | |
|
|
| User |<-->| | SMTP | |
|
|
+------+ | Client- |Commands/Replies| Server- |
|
|
+------+ | SMTP |<-------------->| SMTP | +------+
|
|
| File |<-->| | and Mail | |<-->| File |
|
|
|System| | | | | |System|
|
|
+------+ +----------+ +----------+ +------+
|
|
SMTP client SMTP server
|
|
|
|
When an SMTP client has a message to transmit, it establishes a two-
|
|
way transmission channel to an SMTP server. The responsibility of an
|
|
SMTP client is to transfer mail messages to one or more SMTP servers,
|
|
or report its failure to do so.
|
|
|
|
The means by which a mail message is presented to an SMTP client, and
|
|
how that client determines the identifier(s) ("names") of the
|
|
domain(s) to which mail messages are to be transferred, is a local
|
|
matter, and is not addressed by this document. In some cases, the
|
|
designated domain(s), or those determined by an SMTP client, will
|
|
identify the final destination(s) of the mail message. In other
|
|
cases, common with SMTP clients associated with implementations of
|
|
the POP (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc937">RFC 937</a> [<a href="#ref-15" title=""Post Office Protocol: Version 2"">15</a>], <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1939">RFC 1939</a> [<a href="#ref-16" title=""Post Office Protocol - Version 3"">16</a>]) or IMAP (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3501">RFC 3501</a> [<a href="#ref-17" title=""INTERNET MESSAGE ACCESS PROTOCOL - VERSION 4rev1"">17</a>])
|
|
protocols, or when the SMTP client is inside an isolated transport
|
|
service environment, the domain determined will identify an
|
|
intermediate destination through which all mail messages are to be
|
|
relayed. SMTP clients that transfer all traffic regardless of the
|
|
target domains associated with the individual messages, or that do
|
|
not maintain queues for retrying message transmissions that initially
|
|
cannot be completed, may otherwise conform to this specification but
|
|
are not considered fully-capable. Fully-capable SMTP
|
|
implementations, including the relays used by these less capable
|
|
ones, and their destinations, are expected to support all of the
|
|
queuing, retrying, and alternate address functions discussed in this
|
|
specification. In many situations and configurations, the less-
|
|
capable clients discussed above SHOULD be using the message
|
|
submission protocol (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a> [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>]) rather than SMTP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 7]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-8" id="page-8" href="#page-8" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The means by which an SMTP client, once it has determined a target
|
|
domain, determines the identity of an SMTP server to which a copy of
|
|
a message is to be transferred, and then performs that transfer, is
|
|
covered by this document. To effect a mail transfer to an SMTP
|
|
server, an SMTP client establishes a two-way transmission channel to
|
|
that SMTP server. An SMTP client determines the address of an
|
|
appropriate host running an SMTP server by resolving a destination
|
|
domain name to either an intermediate Mail eXchanger host or a final
|
|
target host.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server may be either the ultimate destination or an
|
|
intermediate "relay" (that is, it may assume the role of an SMTP
|
|
client after receiving the message) or "gateway" (that is, it may
|
|
transport the message further using some protocol other than SMTP).
|
|
SMTP commands are generated by the SMTP client and sent to the SMTP
|
|
server. SMTP replies are sent from the SMTP server to the SMTP
|
|
client in response to the commands.
|
|
|
|
In other words, message transfer can occur in a single connection
|
|
between the original SMTP-sender and the final SMTP-recipient, or can
|
|
occur in a series of hops through intermediary systems. In either
|
|
case, once the server has issued a success response at the end of the
|
|
mail data, a formal handoff of responsibility for the message occurs:
|
|
the protocol requires that a server MUST accept responsibility for
|
|
either delivering the message or properly reporting the failure to do
|
|
so (see Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 7.8, below).
|
|
|
|
Once the transmission channel is established and initial handshaking
|
|
is completed, the SMTP client normally initiates a mail transaction.
|
|
Such a transaction consists of a series of commands to specify the
|
|
originator and destination of the mail and transmission of the
|
|
message content (including any lines in the header section or other
|
|
structure) itself. When the same message is sent to multiple
|
|
recipients, this protocol encourages the transmission of only one
|
|
copy of the data for all recipients at the same destination (or
|
|
intermediate relay) host.
|
|
|
|
The server responds to each command with a reply; replies may
|
|
indicate that the command was accepted, that additional commands are
|
|
expected, or that a temporary or permanent error condition exists.
|
|
Commands specifying the sender or recipients may include server-
|
|
permitted SMTP service extension requests, as discussed in
|
|
<a href="#section-2.2">Section 2.2</a>. The dialog is purposely lock-step, one-at-a-time,
|
|
although this can be modified by mutually agreed upon extension
|
|
requests such as command pipelining (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2920">RFC 2920</a> [<a href="#ref-19" title=""SMTP Service Extension for Command Pipelining"">19</a>]).
|
|
|
|
Once a given mail message has been transmitted, the client may either
|
|
request that the connection be shut down or may initiate other mail
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 8]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-9" id="page-9" href="#page-9" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
transactions. In addition, an SMTP client may use a connection to an
|
|
SMTP server for ancillary services such as verification of email
|
|
addresses or retrieval of mailing list subscriber addresses.
|
|
|
|
As suggested above, this protocol provides mechanisms for the
|
|
transmission of mail. Historically, this transmission normally
|
|
occurred directly from the sending user's host to the receiving
|
|
user's host when the two hosts are connected to the same transport
|
|
service. When they are not connected to the same transport service,
|
|
transmission occurs via one or more relay SMTP servers. A very
|
|
common case in the Internet today involves submission of the original
|
|
message to an intermediate, "message submission" server, which is
|
|
similar to a relay but has some additional properties; such servers
|
|
are discussed in <a href="#section-2.3.10">Section 2.3.10</a> and at some length in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a> [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>].
|
|
An intermediate host that acts as either an SMTP relay or as a
|
|
gateway into some other transmission environment is usually selected
|
|
through the use of the domain name service (DNS) Mail eXchanger
|
|
mechanism.
|
|
|
|
Usually, intermediate hosts are determined via the DNS MX record, not
|
|
by explicit "source" routing (see <a href="#section-5">Section 5</a> and <a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a> and
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.2">Appendix F.2</a>).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-2.2">2.2</a>. The Extension Model</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.2.1">2.2.1</a>. Background</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
In an effort that started in 1990, approximately a decade after <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">821</a> was completed, the protocol was modified with a "service
|
|
extensions" model that permits the client and server to agree to
|
|
utilize shared functionality beyond the original SMTP requirements.
|
|
The SMTP extension mechanism defines a means whereby an extended SMTP
|
|
client and server may recognize each other, and the server can inform
|
|
the client as to the service extensions that it supports.
|
|
|
|
Contemporary SMTP implementations MUST support the basic extension
|
|
mechanisms. For instance, servers MUST support the EHLO command even
|
|
if they do not implement any specific extensions and clients SHOULD
|
|
preferentially utilize EHLO rather than HELO. (However, for
|
|
compatibility with older conforming implementations, SMTP clients and
|
|
servers MUST support the original HELO mechanisms as a fallback.)
|
|
Unless the different characteristics of HELO must be identified for
|
|
interoperability purposes, this document discusses only EHLO.
|
|
|
|
SMTP is widely deployed and high-quality implementations have proven
|
|
to be very robust. However, the Internet community now considers
|
|
some services to be important that were not anticipated when the
|
|
protocol was first designed. If support for those services is to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 9]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-10" id="page-10" href="#page-10" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
added, it must be done in a way that permits older implementations to
|
|
continue working acceptably. The extension framework consists of:
|
|
|
|
o The SMTP command EHLO, superseding the earlier HELO,
|
|
|
|
o a registry of SMTP service extensions,
|
|
|
|
o additional parameters to the SMTP MAIL and RCPT commands, and
|
|
|
|
o optional replacements for commands defined in this protocol, such
|
|
as for DATA in non-ASCII transmissions (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3030">RFC 3030</a> [<a href="#ref-20" title=""SMTP Service Extensions for Transmission of Large and Binary MIME Messages"">20</a>]).
|
|
|
|
SMTP's strength comes primarily from its simplicity. Experience with
|
|
many protocols has shown that protocols with few options tend towards
|
|
ubiquity, whereas protocols with many options tend towards obscurity.
|
|
|
|
Each and every extension, regardless of its benefits, must be
|
|
carefully scrutinized with respect to its implementation, deployment,
|
|
and interoperability costs. In many cases, the cost of extending the
|
|
SMTP service will likely outweigh the benefit.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.2.2">2.2.2</a>. Definition and Registration of Extensions</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The IANA maintains a registry of SMTP service extensions. A
|
|
corresponding EHLO keyword value is associated with each extension.
|
|
Each service extension registered with the IANA must be defined in a
|
|
formal Standards-Track or IESG-approved Experimental protocol
|
|
document. The definition must include:
|
|
|
|
o the textual name of the SMTP service extension;
|
|
|
|
o the EHLO keyword value associated with the extension;
|
|
|
|
o the syntax and possible values of parameters associated with the
|
|
EHLO keyword value;
|
|
|
|
o any additional SMTP verbs associated with the extension
|
|
(additional verbs will usually be, but are not required to be, the
|
|
same as the EHLO keyword value);
|
|
|
|
o any new parameters the extension associates with the MAIL or RCPT
|
|
verbs;
|
|
|
|
o a description of how support for the extension affects the
|
|
behavior of a server and client SMTP; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 10]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-11" id="page-11" href="#page-11" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
o the increment by which the extension is increasing the maximum
|
|
length of the commands MAIL and/or RCPT, over that specified in
|
|
this Standard.
|
|
|
|
In addition, any EHLO keyword value starting with an upper or lower
|
|
case "X" refers to a local SMTP service extension used exclusively
|
|
through bilateral agreement. Keywords beginning with "X" MUST NOT be
|
|
used in a registered service extension. Conversely, keyword values
|
|
presented in the EHLO response that do not begin with "X" MUST
|
|
correspond to a Standard, Standards-Track, or IESG-approved
|
|
Experimental SMTP service extension registered with IANA. A
|
|
conforming server MUST NOT offer non-"X"-prefixed keyword values that
|
|
are not described in a registered extension.
|
|
|
|
Additional verbs and parameter names are bound by the same rules as
|
|
EHLO keywords; specifically, verbs beginning with "X" are local
|
|
extensions that may not be registered or standardized. Conversely,
|
|
verbs not beginning with "X" must always be registered.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.2.3">2.2.3</a>. Special Issues with Extensions</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Extensions that change fairly basic properties of SMTP operation are
|
|
permitted. The text in other sections of this document must be
|
|
understood in that context. In particular, extensions can change the
|
|
minimum limits specified in <a href="#section-4.5.3">Section 4.5.3</a>, can change the ASCII
|
|
character set requirement as mentioned above, or can introduce some
|
|
optional modes of message handling.
|
|
|
|
In particular, if an extension implies that the delivery path
|
|
normally supports special features of that extension, and an
|
|
intermediate SMTP system finds a next hop that does not support the
|
|
required extension, it MAY choose, based on the specific extension
|
|
and circumstances, to requeue the message and try later and/or try an
|
|
alternate MX host. If this strategy is employed, the timeout to fall
|
|
back to an unextended format (if one is available) SHOULD be less
|
|
than the normal timeout for bouncing as undeliverable (e.g., if
|
|
normal timeout is three days, the requeue timeout before attempting
|
|
to transmit the mail without the extension might be one day).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-2.3">2.3</a>. SMTP Terminology</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.1">2.3.1</a>. Mail Objects</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP transports a mail object. A mail object contains an envelope
|
|
and content.
|
|
|
|
The SMTP envelope is sent as a series of SMTP protocol units
|
|
(described in <a href="#section-3">Section 3</a>). It consists of an originator address (to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 11]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-12" id="page-12" href="#page-12" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
which error reports should be directed), one or more recipient
|
|
addresses, and optional protocol extension material. Historically,
|
|
variations on the reverse-path (originator) address specification
|
|
command (MAIL) could be used to specify alternate delivery modes,
|
|
such as immediate display; those variations have now been deprecated
|
|
(see <a href="#appendix-F">Appendix F</a> and <a href="#appendix-F.6">Appendix F.6</a>).
|
|
|
|
The SMTP content is sent in the SMTP DATA protocol unit and has two
|
|
parts: the header section and the body. If the content conforms to
|
|
other contemporary standards, the header section consists of a
|
|
collection of header fields, each consisting of a header name, a
|
|
colon, and data, structured as in the message format specification
|
|
(<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]); the body, if structured, is defined according to MIME
|
|
(<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">RFC 2045</a> [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies"">21</a>]). The content is textual in nature, expressed using
|
|
the US-ASCII repertoire [<a href="#ref-6" title=""USA Code for Information Interchange"">6</a>]. Although SMTP extensions (such as
|
|
"8BITMIME", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1652">RFC 1652</a> [<a href="#ref-22" title=""SMTP Service Extension for 8bit-MIMEtransport"">22</a>]) may relax this restriction for the content
|
|
body, the content header fields are always encoded using the US-ASCII
|
|
repertoire. Two MIME extensions (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2047">RFC 2047</a> [<a href="#ref-23" title=""MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text"">23</a>] and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2231">RFC 2231</a> [<a href="#ref-24" title=""MIME Parameter Value and Encoded Word Extensions: Character Sets, Languages, and Continuations"">24</a>])
|
|
define an algorithm for representing header values outside the US-
|
|
ASCII repertoire, while still encoding them using the US-ASCII
|
|
repertoire.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.2">2.3.2</a>. Senders and Receivers</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
In <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>, the two hosts participating in an SMTP transaction were
|
|
described as the "SMTP-sender" and "SMTP-receiver". This document
|
|
has been changed to reflect current industry terminology and hence
|
|
refers to them as the "SMTP client" (or sometimes just "the client")
|
|
and "SMTP server" (or just "the server"), respectively. Since a
|
|
given host may act both as server and client in a relay situation,
|
|
"receiver" and "sender" terminology is still used where needed for
|
|
clarity.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.3">2.3.3</a>. Mail Agents and Message Stores</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Additional mail system terminology became common after <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> was
|
|
published and, where convenient, is used in this specification. In
|
|
particular, SMTP servers and clients provide a mail transport service
|
|
and therefore act as "Mail Transfer Agents" (MTAs). "Mail User
|
|
Agents" (MUAs or UAs) are normally thought of as the sources and
|
|
targets of mail. At the source, an MUA might collect mail to be
|
|
transmitted from a user and hand it off to an MTA; the final
|
|
("delivery") MTA would be thought of as handing the mail off to an
|
|
MUA (or at least transferring responsibility to it, e.g., by
|
|
depositing the message in a "message store"). However, while these
|
|
terms are used with at least the appearance of great precision in
|
|
other environments, the implied boundaries between MUAs and MTAs
|
|
often do not accurately match common, and conforming, practices with
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 12]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-13" id="page-13" href="#page-13" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internet mail. Hence, the reader should be cautious about inferring
|
|
the strong relationships and responsibilities that might be implied
|
|
if these terms were used elsewhere.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.4">2.3.4</a>. Host</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
For the purposes of this specification, a host is a computer system
|
|
attached to the Internet (or, in some cases, to a private TCP/IP
|
|
network) and supporting the SMTP protocol. Hosts are known by names
|
|
(see the next section); they SHOULD NOT be identified by numerical
|
|
addresses, i.e., by address literals as described in <a href="#section-4.1.2">Section 4.1.2</a>.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.5">2.3.5</a>. Domain Names</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
A domain name (or often just a "domain") consists of one or more
|
|
components, separated by dots if more than one appears. In the case
|
|
of a top-level domain used by itself in an email address, a single
|
|
string is used without any dots. This makes the requirement,
|
|
described in more detail below, that only fully-qualified domain
|
|
names appear in SMTP transactions on the public Internet,
|
|
particularly important where top-level domains are involved. These
|
|
components ("labels" in DNS terminology, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>]) are restricted
|
|
for SMTP purposes to consist of a sequence of letters, digits, and
|
|
hyphens drawn from the ASCII character set [<a href="#ref-6" title=""USA Code for Information Interchange"">6</a>]. Domain names are
|
|
used as names of hosts and of other entities in the domain name
|
|
hierarchy. For example, a domain may refer to an alias (label of a
|
|
CNAME RR) or the label of Mail eXchanger records to be used to
|
|
deliver mail instead of representing a host name. See <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>]
|
|
and <a href="#section-5">Section 5</a> of this specification.
|
|
|
|
The domain name, as described in this document and in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>],
|
|
is the entire, fully-qualified name (often referred to as an "FQDN").
|
|
A domain name that is not in FQDN form is no more than a local alias.
|
|
Local aliases MUST NOT appear in any SMTP transaction.
|
|
|
|
Only resolvable, fully-qualified domain names (FQDNs) are permitted
|
|
when domain names are used in SMTP. In other words, names that can
|
|
be resolved to MX RRs or address (i.e., A or AAAA) RRs (as discussed
|
|
in <a href="#section-5">Section 5</a>) are permitted, as are CNAME RRs whose targets can be
|
|
resolved, in turn, to MX or address RRs. Local nicknames or
|
|
unqualified names MUST NOT be used. There are two exceptions to the
|
|
rule requiring FQDNs:
|
|
|
|
o The domain name given in the EHLO command MUST be either a primary
|
|
host name (a domain name that resolves to an address RR) or, if
|
|
the host has no name, an address literal, as described in
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.3">Section 4.1.3</a> and discussed further in the EHLO discussion of
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.4">Section 4.1.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 13]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-14" id="page-14" href="#page-14" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
o The reserved mailbox name "postmaster" may be used in a RCPT
|
|
command without domain qualification (see <a href="#section-4.1.1.3">Section 4.1.1.3</a>) and
|
|
MUST be accepted if so used.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.6">2.3.6</a>. Buffer and State Table</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP sessions are stateful, with both parties carefully maintaining a
|
|
common view of the current state. In this document, we model this
|
|
state by a virtual "buffer" and a "state table" on the server that
|
|
may be used by the client to, for example, "clear the buffer" or
|
|
"reset the state table", causing the information in the buffer to be
|
|
discarded and the state to be returned to some previous state.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.7">2.3.7</a>. Commands and Replies</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP commands and, unless altered by a service extension, message
|
|
data, are transmitted from the sender to the receiver via the
|
|
transmission channel in "lines".
|
|
|
|
An SMTP reply is an acknowledgment (positive or negative) sent in
|
|
"lines" from receiver to sender via the transmission channel in
|
|
response to a command. The general form of a reply is a numeric
|
|
completion code (indicating failure or success) usually followed by a
|
|
text string. The codes are for use by programs and the text is
|
|
usually intended for human users. <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463">RFC 3463</a> [<a href="#ref-25" title=""Enhanced Mail System Status Codes"">25</a>], specifies further
|
|
structuring of the reply strings, including the use of supplemental
|
|
and more specific completion codes (see also <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5248">RFC 5248</a> [<a href="#ref-26" title=""A Registry for SMTP Enhanced Mail System Status Codes"">26</a>]).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.8">2.3.8</a>. Lines</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Lines consist of zero or more data characters terminated by the
|
|
sequence ASCII character "CR" (hex value 0D) followed immediately by
|
|
ASCII character "LF" (hex value 0A). This termination sequence is
|
|
denoted as <CRLF> in this document. Conforming implementations MUST
|
|
NOT recognize or generate any other character or character sequence
|
|
as a line terminator. Limits MAY be imposed on line lengths by
|
|
servers (see <a href="#section-4">Section 4</a>).
|
|
|
|
In addition, the appearance of "bare" "CR" or "LF" characters in text
|
|
(i.e., either without the other) has a long history of causing
|
|
problems in mail implementations and applications that use the mail
|
|
system as a tool. SMTP client implementations MUST NOT transmit
|
|
these characters except when they are intended as line terminators
|
|
and then MUST, as indicated above, transmit them only as a <CRLF>
|
|
sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 14]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-15" id="page-15" href="#page-15" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.9">2.3.9</a>. Message Content and Mail Data</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The terms "message content" and "mail data" are used interchangeably
|
|
in this document to describe the material transmitted after the DATA
|
|
command is accepted and before the end of data indication is
|
|
transmitted. Message content includes the message header section and
|
|
the possibly structured message body. The MIME specification (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">2045</a> [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies"">21</a>]) provides the standard mechanisms for structured message
|
|
bodies.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.10">2.3.10</a>. Originator, Delivery, Relay, and Gateway Systems</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
This specification makes a distinction among four types of SMTP
|
|
systems, based on the role those systems play in transmitting
|
|
electronic mail. An "originating" system (sometimes called an SMTP
|
|
originator) introduces mail into the Internet or, more generally,
|
|
into a transport service environment. A "delivery" SMTP system is
|
|
one that receives mail from a transport service environment and
|
|
passes it to a mail user agent or deposits it in a message store that
|
|
a mail user agent is expected to subsequently access. A "relay" SMTP
|
|
system (usually referred to just as a "relay") receives mail from an
|
|
SMTP client and transmits it, without modification to the message
|
|
data other than adding trace information, to another SMTP server for
|
|
further relaying or for delivery.
|
|
|
|
A "gateway" SMTP system (usually referred to just as a "gateway")
|
|
receives mail from a client system in one transport environment and
|
|
transmits it to a server system in another transport environment.
|
|
Differences in protocols or message semantics between the transport
|
|
environments on either side of a gateway may require that the gateway
|
|
system perform transformations to the message that are not permitted
|
|
to SMTP relay systems. For the purposes of this specification,
|
|
firewalls that rewrite addresses should be considered as gateways,
|
|
even if SMTP is used on both sides of them (see <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2979">RFC 2979</a> [<a href="#ref-27" title=""Behavior of and Requirements for Internet Firewalls"">27</a>]).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-2.3.11">2.3.11</a>. Mailbox and Address</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
As used in this specification, an "address" is a character string
|
|
that identifies a user to whom mail will be sent or a location into
|
|
which mail will be deposited. The term "mailbox" refers to that
|
|
depository. The two terms are typically used interchangeably unless
|
|
the distinction between the location in which mail is placed (the
|
|
mailbox) and a reference to it (the address) is important. An
|
|
address normally consists of user and domain specifications. The
|
|
standard mailbox naming convention is defined to be
|
|
"local-part@domain"; contemporary usage permits a much broader set of
|
|
applications than simple "user names". Consequently, and due to a
|
|
long history of problems when intermediate hosts have attempted to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 15]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-16" id="page-16" href="#page-16" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
optimize transport by modifying them, the local-part MUST be
|
|
interpreted and assigned semantics only by the host specified in the
|
|
domain part of the address.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-2.4">2.4</a>. General Syntax Principles and Transaction Model</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP commands and replies have a rigid syntax. All commands begin
|
|
with a command verb. All replies begin with a three digit numeric
|
|
code. In some commands and replies, arguments are required following
|
|
the verb or reply code. Some commands do not accept arguments (after
|
|
the verb), and some reply codes are followed, sometimes optionally,
|
|
by free form text. In both cases, where text appears, it is
|
|
separated from the verb or reply code by a space character. Complete
|
|
definitions of commands and replies appear in <a href="#section-4">Section 4</a>.
|
|
|
|
Verbs and argument values (e.g., "TO:" or "to:" in the RCPT command
|
|
and extension name keywords) are not case sensitive, with the sole
|
|
exception in this specification of a mailbox local-part (SMTP
|
|
Extensions may explicitly specify case-sensitive elements). That is,
|
|
a command verb, an argument value other than a mailbox local-part,
|
|
and free form text MAY be encoded in upper case, lower case, or any
|
|
mixture of upper and lower case with no impact on its meaning. The
|
|
local-part of a mailbox MUST BE treated as case sensitive.
|
|
Therefore, SMTP implementations MUST take care to preserve the case
|
|
of mailbox local-parts. In particular, for some hosts, the user
|
|
"smith" is different from the user "Smith". However, exploiting the
|
|
case sensitivity of mailbox local-parts impedes interoperability and
|
|
is discouraged. Mailbox domains follow normal DNS rules and are
|
|
hence not case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
A few SMTP servers, in violation of this specification (and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>)
|
|
require that command verbs be encoded by clients in upper case.
|
|
Implementations MAY wish to employ this encoding to accommodate those
|
|
servers.
|
|
|
|
The argument clause consists of a variable-length character string
|
|
ending with the end of the line, i.e., with the character sequence
|
|
<CRLF>. The receiver will take no action until this sequence is
|
|
received.
|
|
|
|
The syntax for each command is shown with the discussion of that
|
|
command. Common elements and parameters are shown in <a href="#section-4.1.2">Section 4.1.2</a>.
|
|
|
|
Commands and replies are composed of characters from the ASCII
|
|
character set [<a href="#ref-6" title=""USA Code for Information Interchange"">6</a>]. When the transport service provides an 8-bit byte
|
|
(octet) transmission channel, each 7-bit character is transmitted,
|
|
right justified, in an octet with the high-order bit cleared to zero.
|
|
More specifically, the unextended SMTP service provides 7-bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 16]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-17" id="page-17" href="#page-17" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
transport only. An originating SMTP client that has not successfully
|
|
negotiated an appropriate extension with a particular server (see the
|
|
next paragraph) MUST NOT transmit messages with information in the
|
|
high-order bit of octets. If such messages are transmitted in
|
|
violation of this rule, receiving SMTP servers MAY clear the high-
|
|
order bit or reject the message as invalid. In general, a relay SMTP
|
|
SHOULD assume that the message content it has received is valid and,
|
|
assuming that the envelope permits doing so, relay it without
|
|
inspecting that content. Of course, if the content is mislabeled and
|
|
the data path cannot accept the actual content, this may result in
|
|
the ultimate delivery of a severely garbled message to the recipient.
|
|
Delivery SMTP systems MAY reject such messages, or return them as
|
|
undeliverable, rather than deliver them. In the absence of a server-
|
|
offered extension explicitly permitting it, a sending SMTP system is
|
|
not permitted to send envelope commands in any character set other
|
|
than US-ASCII. Receiving systems SHOULD reject such commands,
|
|
normally using "500 syntax error - invalid character" replies.
|
|
|
|
8-bit message content transmission MAY be requested of the server by
|
|
a client using extended SMTP facilities, notably the "8BITMIME"
|
|
extension, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1652">RFC 1652</a> [<a href="#ref-22" title=""SMTP Service Extension for 8bit-MIMEtransport"">22</a>]. 8BITMIME SHOULD be supported by SMTP
|
|
servers. However, it MUST NOT be construed as authorization to
|
|
transmit unrestricted 8-bit material, nor does 8BITMIME authorize
|
|
transmission of any envelope material in other than ASCII. 8BITMIME
|
|
MUST NOT be requested by senders for material with the high bit on
|
|
that is not in MIME format with an appropriate content-transfer
|
|
encoding; servers MAY reject such messages.
|
|
|
|
The metalinguistic notation used in this document corresponds to the
|
|
"Augmented BNF" used in other Internet mail system documents. The
|
|
reader who is not familiar with that syntax should consult the ABNF
|
|
specification in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234">RFC 5234</a> [<a href="#ref-7" title=""Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF"">7</a>]. Metalanguage terms used in running
|
|
text are surrounded by pointed brackets (e.g., <CRLF>) for clarity.
|
|
The reader is cautioned that the grammar expressed in the
|
|
metalanguage is not comprehensive. There are many instances in which
|
|
provisions in the text constrain or otherwise modify the syntax or
|
|
semantics implied by the grammar.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-3">3</a>. The SMTP Procedures: An Overview</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
This section contains descriptions of the procedures used in SMTP:
|
|
session initiation, mail transaction, forwarding mail, verifying
|
|
mailbox names and expanding mailing lists, and opening and closing
|
|
exchanges. Comments on relaying, a note on mail domains, and a
|
|
discussion of changing roles are included at the end of this section.
|
|
Several complete scenarios are presented in <a href="#appendix-D">Appendix D</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 17]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-18" id="page-18" href="#page-18" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.1">3.1</a>. Session Initiation</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP session is initiated when a client opens a connection to a
|
|
server and the server responds with an opening message.
|
|
|
|
SMTP server implementations MAY include identification of their
|
|
software and version information in the connection greeting reply
|
|
after the 220 code, a practice that permits more efficient isolation
|
|
and repair of any problems. Implementations MAY make provision for
|
|
SMTP servers to disable the software and version announcement where
|
|
it causes security concerns. While some systems also identify their
|
|
contact point for mail problems, this is not a substitute for
|
|
maintaining the required "postmaster" address (see <a href="#section-4">Section 4</a>).
|
|
|
|
The SMTP protocol allows a server to formally reject a mail session
|
|
while still allowing the initial connection as follows: a 554
|
|
response MAY be given in the initial connection opening message
|
|
instead of the 220. A server taking this approach MUST still wait
|
|
for the client to send a QUIT (see <a href="#section-4.1.1.10">Section 4.1.1.10</a>) before closing
|
|
the connection and SHOULD respond to any intervening commands with
|
|
"503 bad sequence of commands". Since an attempt to make an SMTP
|
|
connection to such a system is probably in error, a server returning
|
|
a 554 response on connection opening SHOULD provide enough
|
|
information in the reply text to facilitate debugging of the sending
|
|
system.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.2">3.2</a>. Client Initiation</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Once the server has sent the greeting (welcoming) message and the
|
|
client has received it, the client normally sends the EHLO command to
|
|
the server, indicating the client's identity. In addition to opening
|
|
the session, use of EHLO indicates that the client is able to process
|
|
service extensions and requests that the server provide a list of the
|
|
extensions it supports. Older SMTP systems that are unable to
|
|
support service extensions, and contemporary clients that do not
|
|
require service extensions in the mail session being initiated, MAY
|
|
use HELO instead of EHLO. Servers MUST NOT return the extended EHLO-
|
|
style response to a HELO command. For a particular connection
|
|
attempt, if the server returns a "command not recognized" response to
|
|
EHLO, the client SHOULD be able to fall back and send HELO.
|
|
|
|
In the EHLO command, the host sending the command identifies itself;
|
|
the command may be interpreted as saying "Hello, I am <domain>" (and,
|
|
in the case of EHLO, "and I support service extension requests").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 18]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-19" id="page-19" href="#page-19" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.3">3.3</a>. Mail Transactions</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
There are three steps to SMTP mail transactions. The transaction
|
|
starts with a MAIL command that gives the sender identification. (In
|
|
general, the MAIL command may be sent only when no mail transaction
|
|
is in progress; see <a href="#section-4.1.4">Section 4.1.4</a>.) A series of one or more RCPT
|
|
commands follows, giving the receiver information. Then, a DATA
|
|
command initiates transfer of the mail data and is terminated by the
|
|
"end of mail" data indicator, which also confirms the transaction.
|
|
|
|
The first step in the procedure is the MAIL command.
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<reverse-path> [SP <mail-parameters> ] <CRLF>
|
|
|
|
This command tells the SMTP-receiver that a new mail transaction is
|
|
starting and to reset all its state tables and buffers, including any
|
|
recipients or mail data. The <reverse-path> portion of the first or
|
|
only argument contains the source mailbox (between "<" and ">"
|
|
brackets), which can be used to report errors (see <a href="#section-4.2">Section 4.2</a> for a
|
|
discussion of error reporting). If accepted, the SMTP server returns
|
|
a "250 OK" reply. If the mailbox specification is not acceptable for
|
|
some reason, the server MUST return a reply indicating whether the
|
|
failure is permanent (i.e., will occur again if the client tries to
|
|
send the same address again) or temporary (i.e., the address might be
|
|
accepted if the client tries again later). Despite the apparent
|
|
scope of this requirement, there are circumstances in which the
|
|
acceptability of the reverse-path may not be determined until one or
|
|
more forward-paths (in RCPT commands) can be examined. In those
|
|
cases, the server MAY reasonably accept the reverse-path (with a 250
|
|
reply) and then report problems after the forward-paths are received
|
|
and examined. Normally, failures produce 550 or 553 replies.
|
|
|
|
Historically, the <reverse-path> was permitted to contain more than
|
|
just a mailbox; however, contemporary systems SHOULD NOT use source
|
|
routing (see <a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>).
|
|
|
|
The optional <mail-parameters> are associated with negotiated SMTP
|
|
service extensions (see <a href="#section-2.2">Section 2.2</a>).
|
|
|
|
The second step in the procedure is the RCPT command. This step of
|
|
the procedure can be repeated any number of times.
|
|
|
|
RCPT TO:<forward-path> [ SP <rcpt-parameters> ] <CRLF>
|
|
|
|
The first or only argument to this command includes a forward-path
|
|
(normally a mailbox and domain, always surrounded by "<" and ">"
|
|
brackets) identifying one recipient. If accepted, the SMTP server
|
|
returns a "250 OK" reply and stores the forward-path. If the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 19]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-20" id="page-20" href="#page-20" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
recipient is known not to be a deliverable address, the SMTP server
|
|
returns a 550 reply, typically with a string such as "no such user -
|
|
" and the mailbox name (other circumstances and reply codes are
|
|
possible).
|
|
|
|
The <forward-path> can contain more than just a mailbox.
|
|
Historically, the <forward-path> was permitted to contain a source
|
|
routing list of hosts and the destination mailbox; however,
|
|
contemporary SMTP clients SHOULD NOT utilize source routes (see
|
|
<a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>). Servers MUST be prepared to encounter a list of source
|
|
routes in the forward-path, but they SHOULD ignore the routes or MAY
|
|
decline to support the relaying they imply. Similarly, servers MAY
|
|
decline to accept mail that is destined for other hosts or systems.
|
|
These restrictions make a server useless as a relay for clients that
|
|
do not support full SMTP functionality. Consequently, restricted-
|
|
capability clients MUST NOT assume that any SMTP server on the
|
|
Internet can be used as their mail processing (relaying) site. If a
|
|
RCPT command appears without a previous MAIL command, the server MUST
|
|
return a 503 "Bad sequence of commands" response. The optional
|
|
<rcpt-parameters> are associated with negotiated SMTP service
|
|
extensions (see <a href="#section-2.2">Section 2.2</a>).
|
|
|
|
Since it has been a common source of errors, it is worth noting that
|
|
spaces are not permitted on either side of the colon following FROM
|
|
in the MAIL command or TO in the RCPT command. The syntax is exactly
|
|
as given above.
|
|
|
|
The third step in the procedure is the DATA command (or some
|
|
alternative specified in a service extension).
|
|
|
|
DATA <CRLF>
|
|
|
|
If accepted, the SMTP server returns a 354 Intermediate reply and
|
|
considers all succeeding lines up to but not including the end of
|
|
mail data indicator to be the message text. When the end of text is
|
|
successfully received and stored, the SMTP-receiver sends a "250 OK"
|
|
reply.
|
|
|
|
Since the mail data is sent on the transmission channel, the end of
|
|
mail data must be indicated so that the command and reply dialog can
|
|
be resumed. SMTP indicates the end of the mail data by sending a
|
|
line containing only a "." (period or full stop). A transparency
|
|
procedure is used to prevent this from interfering with the user's
|
|
text (see <a href="#section-4.5.2">Section 4.5.2</a>).
|
|
|
|
The end of mail data indicator also confirms the mail transaction and
|
|
tells the SMTP server to now process the stored recipients and mail
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 20]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-21" id="page-21" href="#page-21" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
data. If accepted, the SMTP server returns a "250 OK" reply. The
|
|
DATA command can fail at only two points in the protocol exchange:
|
|
|
|
If there was no MAIL, or no RCPT, command, or all such commands were
|
|
rejected, the server MAY return a "command out of sequence" (503) or
|
|
"no valid recipients" (554) reply in response to the DATA command.
|
|
If one of those replies (or any other 5yz reply) is received, the
|
|
client MUST NOT send the message data; more generally, message data
|
|
MUST NOT be sent unless a 354 reply is received.
|
|
|
|
If the verb is initially accepted and the 354 reply issued, the DATA
|
|
command should fail only if the mail transaction was incomplete (for
|
|
example, no recipients), if resources were unavailable (including, of
|
|
course, the server unexpectedly becoming unavailable), or if the
|
|
server determines that the message should be rejected for policy or
|
|
other reasons.
|
|
|
|
However, in practice, some servers do not perform recipient
|
|
verification until after the message text is received. These servers
|
|
SHOULD treat a failure for one or more recipients as a "subsequent
|
|
failure" and return a mail message as discussed in <a href="#section-6">Section 6</a> and, in
|
|
particular, in <a href="#section-6.1">Section 6.1</a>. Using a "550 mailbox not found" (or
|
|
equivalent) reply code after the data are accepted makes it difficult
|
|
or impossible for the client to determine which recipients failed.
|
|
|
|
When the <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> format ([<a href="#ref-28" title=""Standard for the format of ARPA Internet text messages"">28</a>], [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]) is being used, the mail data
|
|
include the header fields such as those named Date, Subject, To, Cc,
|
|
and From. Server SMTP systems SHOULD NOT reject messages based on
|
|
perceived defects in the <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> or MIME (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">RFC 2045</a> [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies"">21</a>]) message
|
|
header section or message body. In particular, they MUST NOT reject
|
|
messages in which the numbers of Resent-header fields do not match or
|
|
Resent-to appears without Resent-from and/or Resent-date.
|
|
|
|
Mail transaction commands MUST be used in the order discussed above.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.4">3.4</a>. Forwarding for Address Correction or Updating</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Forwarding support is most often required to consolidate and simplify
|
|
addresses within, or relative to, some enterprise and less frequently
|
|
to establish addresses to link a person's prior address with a
|
|
current one. Silent forwarding of messages (without server
|
|
notification to the sender), for security or non-disclosure purposes,
|
|
is common in the contemporary Internet.
|
|
|
|
In both the enterprise and the "new address" cases, information
|
|
hiding (and sometimes security) considerations argue against exposure
|
|
of the "final" address through the SMTP protocol as a side effect of
|
|
the forwarding activity. This may be especially important when the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 21]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-22" id="page-22" href="#page-22" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
final address may not even be reachable by the sender. Consequently,
|
|
the "forwarding" mechanisms described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821#section-3.2">Section 3.2 of RFC 821</a>, and
|
|
especially the 251 (corrected destination) and 551 reply codes from
|
|
RCPT must be evaluated carefully by implementers and, when they are
|
|
available, by those configuring systems (see also <a href="#section-7.4">Section 7.4</a>).
|
|
|
|
In particular:
|
|
|
|
o Servers MAY forward messages when they are aware of an address
|
|
change. When they do so, they MAY either provide address-updating
|
|
information with a 251 code, or may forward "silently" and return
|
|
a 250 code. However, if a 251 code is used, they MUST NOT assume
|
|
that the client will actually update address information or even
|
|
return that information to the user.
|
|
|
|
Alternately,
|
|
|
|
o Servers MAY reject messages or return them as non-deliverable when
|
|
they cannot be delivered precisely as addressed. When they do so,
|
|
they MAY either provide address-updating information with a 551
|
|
code, or may reject the message as undeliverable with a 550 code
|
|
and no address-specific information. However, if a 551 code is
|
|
used, they MUST NOT assume that the client will actually update
|
|
address information or even return that information to the user.
|
|
|
|
SMTP server implementations that support the 251 and/or 551 reply
|
|
codes SHOULD provide configuration mechanisms so that sites that
|
|
conclude that they would undesirably disclose information can disable
|
|
or restrict their use.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.5">3.5</a>. Commands for Debugging Addresses</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.5.1">3.5.1</a>. Overview</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP provides commands to verify a user name or obtain the content of
|
|
a mailing list. This is done with the VRFY and EXPN commands, which
|
|
have character string arguments. Implementations SHOULD support VRFY
|
|
and EXPN (however, see <a href="#section-3.5.2">Section 3.5.2</a> and <a href="#section-7.3">Section 7.3</a>).
|
|
|
|
For the VRFY command, the string is a user name or a user name and
|
|
domain (see below). If a normal (i.e., 250) response is returned,
|
|
the response MAY include the full name of the user and MUST include
|
|
the mailbox of the user. It MUST be in either of the following
|
|
forms:
|
|
|
|
User Name <local-part@domain>
|
|
local-part@domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 22]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-23" id="page-23" href="#page-23" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a name that is the argument to VRFY could identify more than one
|
|
mailbox, the server MAY either note the ambiguity or identify the
|
|
alternatives. In other words, any of the following are legitimate
|
|
responses to VRFY:
|
|
|
|
553 User ambiguous
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
553- Ambiguous; Possibilities are
|
|
553-Joe Smith <jsmith@foo.com>
|
|
553-Harry Smith <hsmith@foo.com>
|
|
553 Melvin Smith <dweep@foo.com>
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
553-Ambiguous; Possibilities
|
|
553- <jsmith@foo.com>
|
|
553- <hsmith@foo.com>
|
|
553 <dweep@foo.com>
|
|
|
|
Under normal circumstances, a client receiving a 553 reply would be
|
|
expected to expose the result to the user. Use of exactly the forms
|
|
given, and the "user ambiguous" or "ambiguous" keywords, possibly
|
|
supplemented by extended reply codes, such as those described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463">3463</a> [<a href="#ref-25" title=""Enhanced Mail System Status Codes"">25</a>], will facilitate automated translation into other languages
|
|
as needed. Of course, a client that was highly automated or that was
|
|
operating in another language than English might choose to try to
|
|
translate the response to return some other indication to the user
|
|
than the literal text of the reply, or to take some automated action
|
|
such as consulting a directory service for additional information
|
|
before reporting to the user.
|
|
|
|
For the EXPN command, the string identifies a mailing list, and the
|
|
successful (i.e., 250) multiline response MAY include the full name
|
|
of the users and MUST give the mailboxes on the mailing list.
|
|
|
|
In some hosts, the distinction between a mailing list and an alias
|
|
for a single mailbox is a bit fuzzy, since a common data structure
|
|
may hold both types of entries, and it is possible to have mailing
|
|
lists containing only one mailbox. If a request is made to apply
|
|
VRFY to a mailing list, a positive response MAY be given if a message
|
|
so addressed would be delivered to everyone on the list, otherwise an
|
|
error SHOULD be reported (e.g., "550 That is a mailing list, not a
|
|
user" or "252 Unable to verify members of mailing list"). If a
|
|
request is made to expand a user name, the server MAY return a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 23]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-24" id="page-24" href="#page-24" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
positive response consisting of a list containing one name, or an
|
|
error MAY be reported (e.g., "550 That is a user name, not a mailing
|
|
list").
|
|
|
|
In the case of a successful multiline reply (normal for EXPN),
|
|
exactly one mailbox is to be specified on each line of the reply.
|
|
The case of an ambiguous request is discussed above.
|
|
|
|
"User name" is a fuzzy term and has been used deliberately. An
|
|
implementation of the VRFY or EXPN commands MUST include at least
|
|
recognition of local mailboxes as "user names". However, since
|
|
current Internet practice often results in a single host handling
|
|
mail for multiple domains, hosts, especially hosts that provide this
|
|
functionality, SHOULD accept the "local-part@domain" form as a "user
|
|
name"; hosts MAY also choose to recognize other strings as "user
|
|
names".
|
|
|
|
The case of expanding a mailbox list requires a multiline reply, such
|
|
as:
|
|
|
|
C: EXPN Example-People
|
|
S: 250-Jon Postel <Postel@isi.edu>
|
|
S: 250-Fred Fonebone <Fonebone@physics.foo-u.edu>
|
|
S: 250 Sam Q. Smith <SQSmith@specific.generic.com>
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
C: EXPN Executive-Washroom-List
|
|
S: 550 Access Denied to You.
|
|
|
|
The character string arguments of the VRFY and EXPN commands cannot
|
|
be further restricted due to the variety of implementations of the
|
|
user name and mailbox list concepts. On some systems, it may be
|
|
appropriate for the argument of the EXPN command to be a file name
|
|
for a file containing a mailing list, but again there are a variety
|
|
of file naming conventions in the Internet. Similarly, historical
|
|
variations in what is returned by these commands are such that the
|
|
response SHOULD be interpreted very carefully, if at all, and SHOULD
|
|
generally only be used for diagnostic purposes.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.5.2">3.5.2</a>. VRFY Normal Response</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
When normal (2yz or 551) responses are returned from a VRFY or EXPN
|
|
request, the reply MUST include the <Mailbox> name using a
|
|
"<local-part@domain>" construction, where "domain" is a fully-
|
|
qualified domain name. In circumstances exceptional enough to
|
|
justify violating the intent of this specification, free-form text
|
|
MAY be returned. In order to facilitate parsing by both computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 24]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-25" id="page-25" href="#page-25" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
and people, addresses SHOULD appear in pointed brackets. When
|
|
addresses, rather than free-form debugging information, are returned,
|
|
EXPN and VRFY MUST return only valid domain addresses that are usable
|
|
in SMTP RCPT commands. Consequently, if an address implies delivery
|
|
to a program or other system, the mailbox name used to reach that
|
|
target MUST be given. Paths (explicit source routes) MUST NOT be
|
|
returned by VRFY or EXPN.
|
|
|
|
Server implementations SHOULD support both VRFY and EXPN. For
|
|
security reasons, implementations MAY provide local installations a
|
|
way to disable either or both of these commands through configuration
|
|
options or the equivalent (see <a href="#section-7.3">Section 7.3</a>). When these commands are
|
|
supported, they are not required to work across relays when relaying
|
|
is supported. Since they were both optional in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>, but VRFY was
|
|
made mandatory in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a> [<a href="#ref-3" title=""Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and Support"">3</a>], if EXPN is supported, it MUST be
|
|
listed as a service extension in an EHLO response. VRFY MAY be
|
|
listed as a convenience but, since support for it is required, SMTP
|
|
clients are not required to check for its presence on the extension
|
|
list before using it.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.5.3">3.5.3</a>. Meaning of VRFY or EXPN Success Response</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
A server MUST NOT return a 250 code in response to a VRFY or EXPN
|
|
command unless it has actually verified the address. In particular,
|
|
a server MUST NOT return 250 if all it has done is to verify that the
|
|
syntax given is valid. In that case, 502 (Command not implemented)
|
|
or 500 (Syntax error, command unrecognized) SHOULD be returned. As
|
|
stated elsewhere, implementation (in the sense of actually validating
|
|
addresses and returning information) of VRFY and EXPN are strongly
|
|
recommended. Hence, implementations that return 500 or 502 for VRFY
|
|
are not in full compliance with this specification.
|
|
|
|
There may be circumstances where an address appears to be valid but
|
|
cannot reasonably be verified in real time, particularly when a
|
|
server is acting as a mail exchanger for another server or domain.
|
|
"Apparent validity", in this case, would normally involve at least
|
|
syntax checking and might involve verification that any domains
|
|
specified were ones to which the host expected to be able to relay
|
|
mail. In these situations, reply code 252 SHOULD be returned. These
|
|
cases parallel the discussion of RCPT verification in <a href="#section-2.1">Section 2.1</a>.
|
|
Similarly, the discussion in <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a> applies to the use of reply
|
|
codes 251 and 551 with VRFY (and EXPN) to indicate addresses that are
|
|
recognized but that would be forwarded or rejected were mail received
|
|
for them. Implementations generally SHOULD be more aggressive about
|
|
address verification in the case of VRFY than in the case of RCPT,
|
|
even if it takes a little longer to do so.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 25]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-26" id="page-26" href="#page-26" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.5.4">3.5.4</a>. Semantics and Applications of EXPN</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
EXPN is often very useful in debugging and understanding problems
|
|
with mailing lists and multiple-target-address aliases. Some systems
|
|
have attempted to use source expansion of mailing lists as a means of
|
|
eliminating duplicates. The propagation of aliasing systems with
|
|
mail on the Internet for hosts (typically with MX and CNAME DNS
|
|
records), for mailboxes (various types of local host aliases), and in
|
|
various proxying arrangements has made it nearly impossible for these
|
|
strategies to work consistently, and mail systems SHOULD NOT attempt
|
|
them.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.6">3.6</a>. Relaying and Mail Routing</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.6.1">3.6.1</a>. Source Routes and Relaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
In general, the availability of Mail eXchanger records in the domain
|
|
name system (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>], <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc974">RFC 974</a> [<a href="#ref-12" title=""Mail routing and the domain system"">12</a>]) makes the use of explicit
|
|
source routes in the Internet mail system unnecessary. Many
|
|
historical problems with the interpretation of explicit source routes
|
|
have made their use undesirable. SMTP clients SHOULD NOT generate
|
|
explicit source routes except under unusual circumstances. SMTP
|
|
servers MAY decline to act as mail relays or to accept addresses that
|
|
specify source routes. When route information is encountered, SMTP
|
|
servers MAY ignore the route information and simply send to the final
|
|
destination specified as the last element in the route and SHOULD do
|
|
so. There has been an invalid practice of using names that do not
|
|
appear in the DNS as destination names, with the senders counting on
|
|
the intermediate hosts specified in source routing to resolve any
|
|
problems. If source routes are stripped, this practice will cause
|
|
failures. This is one of several reasons why SMTP clients MUST NOT
|
|
generate invalid source routes or depend on serial resolution of
|
|
names.
|
|
|
|
When source routes are not used, the process described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> for
|
|
constructing a reverse-path from the forward-path is not applicable
|
|
and the reverse-path at the time of delivery will simply be the
|
|
address that appeared in the MAIL command.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.6.2">3.6.2</a>. Mail eXchange Records and Relaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
A relay SMTP server is usually the target of a DNS MX record that
|
|
designates it, rather than the final delivery system. The relay
|
|
server may accept or reject the task of relaying the mail in the same
|
|
way it accepts or rejects mail for a local user. If it accepts the
|
|
task, it then becomes an SMTP client, establishes a transmission
|
|
channel to the next SMTP server specified in the DNS (according to
|
|
the rules in <a href="#section-5">Section 5</a>), and sends it the mail. If it declines to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 26]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-27" id="page-27" href="#page-27" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
relay mail to a particular address for policy reasons, a 550 response
|
|
SHOULD be returned.
|
|
|
|
This specification does not deal with the verification of return
|
|
paths for use in delivery notifications. Recent work, such as that
|
|
on SPF [<a href="#ref-29" title=""Sender Policy Framework (SPF) for Authorizing Use of Domains in E-Mail, Version 1"">29</a>] and DKIM [<a href="#ref-30" title=""Analysis of Threats Motivating DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM)"">30</a>] [<a href="#ref-31" title=""DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) Signatures"">31</a>], has been done to provide ways to
|
|
ascertain that an address is valid or belongs to the person who
|
|
actually sent the message. A server MAY attempt to verify the return
|
|
path before using its address for delivery notifications, but methods
|
|
of doing so are not defined here nor is any particular method
|
|
recommended at this time.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.6.3">3.6.3</a>. Message Submission Servers as Relays</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Many mail-sending clients exist, especially in conjunction with
|
|
facilities that receive mail via POP3 or IMAP, that have limited
|
|
capability to support some of the requirements of this specification,
|
|
such as the ability to queue messages for subsequent delivery
|
|
attempts. For these clients, it is common practice to make private
|
|
arrangements to send all messages to a single server for processing
|
|
and subsequent distribution. SMTP, as specified here, is not ideally
|
|
suited for this role. A standardized mail submission protocol has
|
|
been developed that is gradually superseding practices based on SMTP
|
|
(see <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a> [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>]). In any event, because these arrangements are
|
|
private and fall outside the scope of this specification, they are
|
|
not described here.
|
|
|
|
It is important to note that MX records can point to SMTP servers
|
|
that act as gateways into other environments, not just SMTP relays
|
|
and final delivery systems; see Sections 3.7 and 5.
|
|
|
|
If an SMTP server has accepted the task of relaying the mail and
|
|
later finds that the destination is incorrect or that the mail cannot
|
|
be delivered for some other reason, then it MUST construct an
|
|
"undeliverable mail" notification message and send it to the
|
|
originator of the undeliverable mail (as indicated by the reverse-
|
|
path). Formats specified for non-delivery reports by other standards
|
|
(see, for example, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3461">RFC 3461</a> [<a href="#ref-32" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Service Extension for Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs)"">32</a>] and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3464">RFC 3464</a> [<a href="#ref-33" title=""An Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status Notifications"">33</a>]) SHOULD be used if
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
This notification message must be from the SMTP server at the relay
|
|
host or the host that first determines that delivery cannot be
|
|
accomplished. Of course, SMTP servers MUST NOT send notification
|
|
messages about problems transporting notification messages. One way
|
|
to prevent loops in error reporting is to specify a null reverse-path
|
|
in the MAIL command of a notification message. When such a message
|
|
is transmitted, the reverse-path MUST be set to null (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 27]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-28" id="page-28" href="#page-28" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.5">Section 4.5.5</a> for additional discussion). A MAIL command with a null
|
|
reverse-path appears as follows:
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<>
|
|
|
|
As discussed in <a href="#section-6.4">Section 6.4</a>, a relay SMTP has no need to inspect or
|
|
act upon the header section or body of the message data and MUST NOT
|
|
do so except to add its own "Received:" header field (<a href="#section-4.4">Section 4.4</a>)
|
|
and, optionally, to attempt to detect looping in the mail system (see
|
|
<a href="#section-6.3">Section 6.3</a>). Of course, this prohibition also applies to any
|
|
modifications of these header fields or text (see also <a href="#section-7.9">Section 7.9</a>).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.7">3.7</a>. Mail Gatewaying</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
While the relay function discussed above operates within the Internet
|
|
SMTP transport service environment, MX records or various forms of
|
|
explicit routing may require that an intermediate SMTP server perform
|
|
a translation function between one transport service and another. As
|
|
discussed in <a href="#section-2.3.10">Section 2.3.10</a>, when such a system is at the boundary
|
|
between two transport service environments, we refer to it as a
|
|
"gateway" or "gateway SMTP".
|
|
|
|
Gatewaying mail between different mail environments, such as
|
|
different mail formats and protocols, is complex and does not easily
|
|
yield to standardization. However, some general requirements may be
|
|
given for a gateway between the Internet and another mail
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.7.1">3.7.1</a>. Header Fields in Gatewaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Header fields MAY be rewritten when necessary as messages are
|
|
gatewayed across mail environment boundaries. This may involve
|
|
inspecting the message body or interpreting the local-part of the
|
|
destination address in spite of the prohibitions in <a href="#section-6.4">Section 6.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
Other mail systems gatewayed to the Internet often use a subset of
|
|
the <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> header section or provide similar functionality with a
|
|
different syntax, but some of these mail systems do not have an
|
|
equivalent to the SMTP envelope. Therefore, when a message leaves
|
|
the Internet environment, it may be necessary to fold the SMTP
|
|
envelope information into the message header section. A possible
|
|
solution would be to create new header fields to carry the envelope
|
|
information (e.g., "X-SMTP-MAIL:" and "X-SMTP-RCPT:"); however, this
|
|
would require changes in mail programs in foreign environments and
|
|
might risk disclosure of private information (see <a href="#section-7.2">Section 7.2</a>).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 28]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-29" id="page-29" href="#page-29" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.7.2">3.7.2</a>. Received Lines in Gatewaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
When forwarding a message into or out of the Internet environment, a
|
|
gateway MUST prepend a Received: line, but it MUST NOT alter in any
|
|
way a Received: line that is already in the header section.
|
|
|
|
"Received:" header fields of messages originating from other
|
|
environments may not conform exactly to this specification. However,
|
|
the most important use of Received: lines is for debugging mail
|
|
faults, and this debugging can be severely hampered by well-meaning
|
|
gateways that try to "fix" a Received: line. As another consequence
|
|
of trace header fields arising in non-SMTP environments, receiving
|
|
systems MUST NOT reject mail based on the format of a trace header
|
|
field and SHOULD be extremely robust in the light of unexpected
|
|
information or formats in those header fields.
|
|
|
|
The gateway SHOULD indicate the environment and protocol in the "via"
|
|
clauses of Received header field(s) that it supplies.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.7.3">3.7.3</a>. Addresses in Gatewaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
From the Internet side, the gateway SHOULD accept all valid address
|
|
formats in SMTP commands and in the <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> header section, and all
|
|
valid <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> messages. Addresses and header fields generated by
|
|
gateways MUST conform to applicable standards (including this one and
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]). Gateways are, of course, subject to the same rules
|
|
for handling source routes as those described for other SMTP systems
|
|
in <a href="#section-3.3">Section 3.3</a>.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.7.4">3.7.4</a>. Other Header Fields in Gatewaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The gateway MUST ensure that all header fields of a message that it
|
|
forwards into the Internet mail environment meet the requirements for
|
|
Internet mail. In particular, all addresses in "From:", "To:",
|
|
"Cc:", etc., header fields MUST be transformed (if necessary) to
|
|
satisfy the standard header syntax of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>], MUST reference
|
|
only fully-qualified domain names, and MUST be effective and useful
|
|
for sending replies. The translation algorithm used to convert mail
|
|
from the Internet protocols to another environment's protocol SHOULD
|
|
ensure that error messages from the foreign mail environment are
|
|
delivered to the reverse-path from the SMTP envelope, not to an
|
|
address in the "From:", "Sender:", or similar header fields of the
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 29]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-30" id="page-30" href="#page-30" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.7.5">3.7.5</a>. Envelopes in Gatewaying</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Similarly, when forwarding a message from another environment into
|
|
the Internet, the gateway SHOULD set the envelope return path in
|
|
accordance with an error message return address, if supplied by the
|
|
foreign environment. If the foreign environment has no equivalent
|
|
concept, the gateway must select and use a best approximation, with
|
|
the message originator's address as the default of last resort.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.8">3.8</a>. Terminating Sessions and Connections</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP connection is terminated when the client sends a QUIT
|
|
command. The server responds with a positive reply code, after which
|
|
it closes the connection.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server MUST NOT intentionally close the connection under
|
|
normal operational circumstances (see <a href="#section-7.8">Section 7.8</a>) except:
|
|
|
|
o After receiving a QUIT command and responding with a 221 reply.
|
|
|
|
o After detecting the need to shut down the SMTP service and
|
|
returning a 421 response code. This response code can be issued
|
|
after the server receives any command or, if necessary,
|
|
asynchronously from command receipt (on the assumption that the
|
|
client will receive it after the next command is issued).
|
|
|
|
o After a timeout, as specified in <a href="#section-4.5.3.2">Section 4.5.3.2</a>, occurs waiting
|
|
for the client to send a command or data.
|
|
|
|
In particular, a server that closes connections in response to
|
|
commands that are not understood is in violation of this
|
|
specification. Servers are expected to be tolerant of unknown
|
|
commands, issuing a 500 reply and awaiting further instructions from
|
|
the client.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server that is forcibly shut down via external means SHOULD
|
|
attempt to send a line containing a 421 response code to the SMTP
|
|
client before exiting. The SMTP client will normally read the 421
|
|
response code after sending its next command.
|
|
|
|
SMTP clients that experience a connection close, reset, or other
|
|
communications failure due to circumstances not under their control
|
|
(in violation of the intent of this specification but sometimes
|
|
unavoidable) SHOULD, to maintain the robustness of the mail system,
|
|
treat the mail transaction as if a 451 response had been received and
|
|
act accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 30]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-31" id="page-31" href="#page-31" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-3.9">3.9</a>. Mailing Lists and Aliases</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP-capable host SHOULD support both the alias and the list
|
|
models of address expansion for multiple delivery. When a message is
|
|
delivered or forwarded to each address of an expanded list form, the
|
|
return address in the envelope ("MAIL FROM:") MUST be changed to be
|
|
the address of a person or other entity who administers the list.
|
|
However, in this case, the message header section (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]) MUST
|
|
be left unchanged; in particular, the "From" field of the header
|
|
section is unaffected.
|
|
|
|
An important mail facility is a mechanism for multi-destination
|
|
delivery of a single message, by transforming (or "expanding" or
|
|
"exploding") a pseudo-mailbox address into a list of destination
|
|
mailbox addresses. When a message is sent to such a pseudo-mailbox
|
|
(sometimes called an "exploder"), copies are forwarded or
|
|
redistributed to each mailbox in the expanded list. Servers SHOULD
|
|
simply utilize the addresses on the list; application of heuristics
|
|
or other matching rules to eliminate some addresses, such as that of
|
|
the originator, is strongly discouraged. We classify such a pseudo-
|
|
mailbox as an "alias" or a "list", depending upon the expansion
|
|
rules.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.9.1">3.9.1</a>. Alias</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
To expand an alias, the recipient mailer simply replaces the pseudo-
|
|
mailbox address in the envelope with each of the expanded addresses
|
|
in turn; the rest of the envelope and the message body are left
|
|
unchanged. The message is then delivered or forwarded to each
|
|
expanded address.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-3.9.2">3.9.2</a>. List</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
A mailing list may be said to operate by "redistribution" rather than
|
|
by "forwarding". To expand a list, the recipient mailer replaces the
|
|
pseudo-mailbox address in the envelope with each of the expanded
|
|
addresses in turn. The return (backward-pointing) address in the
|
|
envelope is changed so that all error messages generated by the final
|
|
deliveries will be returned to a list administrator, not to the
|
|
message originator, who generally has no control over the contents of
|
|
the list and will typically find error messages annoying. Note that
|
|
the key difference between handling aliases (<a href="#section-3.9.1">Section 3.9.1</a>) and
|
|
forwarding (this subsection) is the change to the backward-pointing
|
|
address in this case. When a list constrains its processing to the
|
|
very limited set of modifications and actions described here, it is
|
|
attempting to emulate an MTA; such lists can be treated as a
|
|
continuation in email transit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 31]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-32" id="page-32" href="#page-32" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
There exist mailing lists that perform additional, sometimes
|
|
extensive, modifications to a message and its envelope. Such mailing
|
|
lists need to be viewed as full MUAs, which accept a delivery and
|
|
post a new message.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-4">4</a>. The SMTP Specifications</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-4.1">4.1</a>. SMTP Commands</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.1.1">4.1.1</a>. Command Semantics and Syntax</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The SMTP commands define the mail transfer or the mail system
|
|
function requested by the user. SMTP commands are character strings
|
|
terminated by <CRLF>. The commands themselves are alphabetic
|
|
characters terminated by <SP> if parameters follow and <CRLF>
|
|
otherwise. (In the interest of improved interoperability, SMTP
|
|
receivers SHOULD tolerate trailing white space before the terminating
|
|
<CRLF>.) The syntax of the local part of a mailbox MUST conform to
|
|
receiver site conventions and the syntax specified in <a href="#section-4.1.2">Section 4.1.2</a>.
|
|
The SMTP commands are discussed below. The SMTP replies are
|
|
discussed in <a href="#section-4.2">Section 4.2</a>.
|
|
|
|
A mail transaction involves several data objects that are
|
|
communicated as arguments to different commands. The reverse-path is
|
|
the argument of the MAIL command, the forward-path is the argument of
|
|
the RCPT command, and the mail data is the argument of the DATA
|
|
command. These arguments or data objects must be transmitted and
|
|
held, pending the confirmation communicated by the end of mail data
|
|
indication that finalizes the transaction. The model for this is
|
|
that distinct buffers are provided to hold the types of data objects;
|
|
that is, there is a reverse-path buffer, a forward-path buffer, and a
|
|
mail data buffer. Specific commands cause information to be appended
|
|
to a specific buffer, or cause one or more buffers to be cleared.
|
|
|
|
Several commands (RSET, DATA, QUIT) are specified as not permitting
|
|
parameters. In the absence of specific extensions offered by the
|
|
server and accepted by the client, clients MUST NOT send such
|
|
parameters and servers SHOULD reject commands containing them as
|
|
having invalid syntax.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.1">4.1.1.1</a>. Extended HELLO (EHLO) or HELLO (HELO)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
These commands are used to identify the SMTP client to the SMTP
|
|
server. The argument clause contains the fully-qualified domain name
|
|
of the SMTP client, if one is available. In situations in which the
|
|
SMTP client system does not have a meaningful domain name (e.g., when
|
|
its address is dynamically allocated and no reverse mapping record is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 32]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-33" id="page-33" href="#page-33" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
available), the client SHOULD send an address literal (see
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.3">Section 4.1.3</a>).
|
|
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a>, and some earlier informal practices, encouraged following
|
|
the literal by information that would help to identify the client
|
|
system. That convention was not widely supported, and many SMTP
|
|
servers considered it an error. In the interest of interoperability,
|
|
it is probably wise for servers to be prepared for this string to
|
|
occur, but SMTP clients SHOULD NOT send it.
|
|
|
|
The SMTP server identifies itself to the SMTP client in the
|
|
connection greeting reply and in the response to this command.
|
|
|
|
A client SMTP SHOULD start an SMTP session by issuing the EHLO
|
|
command. If the SMTP server supports the SMTP service extensions, it
|
|
will give a successful response, a failure response, or an error
|
|
response. If the SMTP server, in violation of this specification,
|
|
does not support any SMTP service extensions, it will generate an
|
|
error response. Older client SMTP systems MAY, as discussed above,
|
|
use HELO (as specified in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>) instead of EHLO, and servers MUST
|
|
support the HELO command and reply properly to it. In any event, a
|
|
client MUST issue HELO or EHLO before starting a mail transaction.
|
|
|
|
These commands, and a "250 OK" reply to one of them, confirm that
|
|
both the SMTP client and the SMTP server are in the initial state,
|
|
that is, there is no transaction in progress and all state tables and
|
|
buffers are cleared.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
ehlo = "EHLO" SP ( Domain / address-literal ) CRLF
|
|
|
|
helo = "HELO" SP Domain CRLF
|
|
|
|
Normally, the response to EHLO will be a multiline reply. Each line
|
|
of the response contains a keyword and, optionally, one or more
|
|
parameters. Following the normal syntax for multiline replies, these
|
|
keywords follow the code (250) and a hyphen for all but the last
|
|
line, and the code and a space for the last line. The syntax for a
|
|
positive response, using the ABNF notation and terminal symbols of
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234">RFC 5234</a> [<a href="#ref-7" title=""Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF"">7</a>], is:
|
|
|
|
ehlo-ok-rsp = ( "250" SP Domain [ SP ehlo-greet ] CRLF )
|
|
/ ( "250-" Domain [ SP ehlo-greet ] CRLF
|
|
*( "250-" ehlo-line CRLF )
|
|
"250" SP ehlo-line CRLF )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 33]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-34" id="page-34" href="#page-34" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
ehlo-greet = 1*(%d0-9 / %d11-12 / %d14-127)
|
|
; string of any characters other than CR or LF
|
|
|
|
ehlo-line = ehlo-keyword *( SP ehlo-param )
|
|
|
|
ehlo-keyword = (ALPHA / DIGIT) *(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-")
|
|
; additional syntax of ehlo-params depends on
|
|
; ehlo-keyword
|
|
|
|
ehlo-param = 1*(%d33-126)
|
|
; any CHAR excluding <SP> and all
|
|
; control characters (US-ASCII 0-31 and 127
|
|
; inclusive)
|
|
|
|
Although EHLO keywords may be specified in upper, lower, or mixed
|
|
case, they MUST always be recognized and processed in a case-
|
|
insensitive manner. This is simply an extension of practices
|
|
specified in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> and <a href="#section-2.4">Section 2.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
The EHLO response MUST contain keywords (and associated parameters if
|
|
required) for all commands not listed as "required" in <a href="#section-4.5.1">Section 4.5.1</a>
|
|
excepting only private-use commands as described in <a href="#section-4.1.5">Section 4.1.5</a>.
|
|
Private-use commands MAY be listed.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.2">4.1.1.2</a>. MAIL (MAIL)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command is used to initiate a mail transaction in which the mail
|
|
data is delivered to an SMTP server that may, in turn, deliver it to
|
|
one or more mailboxes or pass it on to another system (possibly using
|
|
SMTP). The argument clause contains a reverse-path and may contain
|
|
optional parameters. In general, the MAIL command may be sent only
|
|
when no mail transaction is in progress, see <a href="#section-4.1.4">Section 4.1.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
The reverse-path consists of the sender mailbox. Historically, that
|
|
mailbox might optionally have been preceded by a list of hosts, but
|
|
that behavior is now deprecated (see <a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>). In some types of
|
|
reporting messages for which a reply is likely to cause a mail loop
|
|
(for example, mail delivery and non-delivery notifications), the
|
|
reverse-path may be null (see <a href="#section-3.6">Section 3.6</a>).
|
|
|
|
This command clears the reverse-path buffer, the forward-path buffer,
|
|
and the mail data buffer, and it inserts the reverse-path information
|
|
from its argument clause into the reverse-path buffer.
|
|
|
|
If service extensions were negotiated, the MAIL command may also
|
|
carry parameters associated with a particular service extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 34]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-35" id="page-35" href="#page-35" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
mail = "MAIL FROM:" Reverse-path
|
|
[SP Mail-parameters] CRLF
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.3">4.1.1.3</a>. RECIPIENT (RCPT)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command is used to identify an individual recipient of the mail
|
|
data; multiple recipients are specified by multiple uses of this
|
|
command. The argument clause contains a forward-path and may contain
|
|
optional parameters.
|
|
|
|
The forward-path normally consists of the required destination
|
|
mailbox. Sending systems SHOULD NOT generate the optional list of
|
|
hosts known as a source route. Receiving systems MUST recognize
|
|
source route syntax but SHOULD strip off the source route
|
|
specification and utilize the domain name associated with the mailbox
|
|
as if the source route had not been provided.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, relay hosts SHOULD strip or ignore source routes, and
|
|
names MUST NOT be copied into the reverse-path. When mail reaches
|
|
its ultimate destination (the forward-path contains only a
|
|
destination mailbox), the SMTP server inserts it into the destination
|
|
mailbox in accordance with its host mail conventions.
|
|
|
|
This command appends its forward-path argument to the forward-path
|
|
buffer; it does not change the reverse-path buffer nor the mail data
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
For example, mail received at relay host xyz.com with envelope
|
|
commands
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<userx@y.foo.org>
|
|
RCPT TO:<@hosta.int,@jkl.org:userc@d.bar.org>
|
|
|
|
will normally be sent directly on to host d.bar.org with envelope
|
|
commands
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<userx@y.foo.org>
|
|
RCPT TO:<userc@d.bar.org>
|
|
|
|
As provided in <a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>, xyz.com MAY also choose to relay the
|
|
message to hosta.int, using the envelope commands
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<userx@y.foo.org>
|
|
RCPT TO:<@hosta.int,@jkl.org:userc@d.bar.org>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 35]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-36" id="page-36" href="#page-36" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
or to jkl.org, using the envelope commands
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<userx@y.foo.org>
|
|
RCPT TO:<@jkl.org:userc@d.bar.org>
|
|
|
|
Attempting to use relaying this way is now strongly discouraged.
|
|
Since hosts are not required to relay mail at all, xyz.com MAY also
|
|
reject the message entirely when the RCPT command is received, using
|
|
a 550 code (since this is a "policy reason").
|
|
|
|
If service extensions were negotiated, the RCPT command may also
|
|
carry parameters associated with a particular service extension
|
|
offered by the server. The client MUST NOT transmit parameters other
|
|
than those associated with a service extension offered by the server
|
|
in its EHLO response.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
rcpt = "RCPT TO:" ( "<Postmaster@" Domain ">" / "<Postmaster>" /
|
|
Forward-path ) [SP Rcpt-parameters] CRLF
|
|
|
|
Note that, in a departure from the usual rules for
|
|
local-parts, the "Postmaster" string shown above is
|
|
treated as case-insensitive.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.4">4.1.1.4</a>. DATA (DATA)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
The receiver normally sends a 354 response to DATA, and then treats
|
|
the lines (strings ending in <CRLF> sequences, as described in
|
|
<a href="#section-2.3.7">Section 2.3.7</a>) following the command as mail data from the sender.
|
|
This command causes the mail data to be appended to the mail data
|
|
buffer. The mail data may contain any of the 128 ASCII character
|
|
codes, although experience has indicated that use of control
|
|
characters other than SP, HT, CR, and LF may cause problems and
|
|
SHOULD be avoided when possible.
|
|
|
|
The mail data are terminated by a line containing only a period, that
|
|
is, the character sequence "<CRLF>.<CRLF>", where the first <CRLF> is
|
|
actually the terminator of the previous line (see <a href="#section-4.5.2">Section 4.5.2</a>).
|
|
This is the end of mail data indication. The first <CRLF> of this
|
|
terminating sequence is also the <CRLF> that ends the final line of
|
|
the data (message text) or, if there was no mail data, ends the DATA
|
|
command itself (the "no mail data" case does not conform to this
|
|
specification since it would require that neither the trace header
|
|
fields required by this specification nor the message header section
|
|
required by <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>] be transmitted). An extra <CRLF> MUST NOT
|
|
be added, as that would cause an empty line to be added to the
|
|
message. The only exception to this rule would arise if the message
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 36]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-37" id="page-37" href="#page-37" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
body were passed to the originating SMTP-sender with a final "line"
|
|
that did not end in <CRLF>; in that case, the originating SMTP system
|
|
MUST either reject the message as invalid or add <CRLF> in order to
|
|
have the receiving SMTP server recognize the "end of data" condition.
|
|
|
|
The custom of accepting lines ending only in <LF>, as a concession to
|
|
non-conforming behavior on the part of some UNIX systems, has proven
|
|
to cause more interoperability problems than it solves, and SMTP
|
|
server systems MUST NOT do this, even in the name of improved
|
|
robustness. In particular, the sequence "<LF>.<LF>" (bare line
|
|
feeds, without carriage returns) MUST NOT be treated as equivalent to
|
|
<CRLF>.<CRLF> as the end of mail data indication.
|
|
|
|
Receipt of the end of mail data indication requires the server to
|
|
process the stored mail transaction information. This processing
|
|
consumes the information in the reverse-path buffer, the forward-path
|
|
buffer, and the mail data buffer, and on the completion of this
|
|
command these buffers are cleared. If the processing is successful,
|
|
the receiver MUST send an OK reply. If the processing fails, the
|
|
receiver MUST send a failure reply. The SMTP model does not allow
|
|
for partial failures at this point: either the message is accepted by
|
|
the server for delivery and a positive response is returned or it is
|
|
not accepted and a failure reply is returned. In sending a positive
|
|
"250 OK" completion reply to the end of data indication, the receiver
|
|
takes full responsibility for the message (see <a href="#section-6.1">Section 6.1</a>). Errors
|
|
that are diagnosed subsequently MUST be reported in a mail message,
|
|
as discussed in <a href="#section-4.4">Section 4.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
When the SMTP server accepts a message either for relaying or for
|
|
final delivery, it inserts a trace record (also referred to
|
|
interchangeably as a "time stamp line" or "Received" line) at the top
|
|
of the mail data. This trace record indicates the identity of the
|
|
host that sent the message, the identity of the host that received
|
|
the message (and is inserting this time stamp), and the date and time
|
|
the message was received. Relayed messages will have multiple time
|
|
stamp lines. Details for formation of these lines, including their
|
|
syntax, is specified in <a href="#section-4.4">Section 4.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
Additional discussion about the operation of the DATA command appears
|
|
in <a href="#section-3.3">Section 3.3</a>.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
data = "DATA" CRLF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 37]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-38" id="page-38" href="#page-38" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.5">4.1.1.5</a>. RESET (RSET)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the current mail transaction will be
|
|
aborted. Any stored sender, recipients, and mail data MUST be
|
|
discarded, and all buffers and state tables cleared. The receiver
|
|
MUST send a "250 OK" reply to a RSET command with no arguments. A
|
|
reset command may be issued by the client at any time. It is
|
|
effectively equivalent to a NOOP (i.e., it has no effect) if issued
|
|
immediately after EHLO, before EHLO is issued in the session, after
|
|
an end of data indicator has been sent and acknowledged, or
|
|
immediately before a QUIT. An SMTP server MUST NOT close the
|
|
connection as the result of receiving a RSET; that action is reserved
|
|
for QUIT (see <a href="#section-4.1.1.10">Section 4.1.1.10</a>).
|
|
|
|
Since EHLO implies some additional processing and response by the
|
|
server, RSET will normally be more efficient than reissuing that
|
|
command, even though the formal semantics are the same.
|
|
|
|
There are circumstances, contrary to the intent of this
|
|
specification, in which an SMTP server may receive an indication that
|
|
the underlying TCP connection has been closed or reset. To preserve
|
|
the robustness of the mail system, SMTP servers SHOULD be prepared
|
|
for this condition and SHOULD treat it as if a QUIT had been received
|
|
before the connection disappeared.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
rset = "RSET" CRLF
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.6">4.1.1.6</a>. VERIFY (VRFY)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command asks the receiver to confirm that the argument
|
|
identifies a user or mailbox. If it is a user name, information is
|
|
returned as specified in <a href="#section-3.5">Section 3.5</a>.
|
|
|
|
This command has no effect on the reverse-path buffer, the forward-
|
|
path buffer, or the mail data buffer.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
vrfy = "VRFY" SP String CRLF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 38]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-39" id="page-39" href="#page-39" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.7">4.1.1.7</a>. EXPAND (EXPN)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command asks the receiver to confirm that the argument
|
|
identifies a mailing list, and if so, to return the membership of
|
|
that list. If the command is successful, a reply is returned
|
|
containing information as described in <a href="#section-3.5">Section 3.5</a>. This reply will
|
|
have multiple lines except in the trivial case of a one-member list.
|
|
|
|
This command has no effect on the reverse-path buffer, the forward-
|
|
path buffer, or the mail data buffer, and it may be issued at any
|
|
time.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
expn = "EXPN" SP String CRLF
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.8">4.1.1.8</a>. HELP (HELP)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command causes the server to send helpful information to the
|
|
client. The command MAY take an argument (e.g., any command name)
|
|
and return more specific information as a response.
|
|
|
|
This command has no effect on the reverse-path buffer, the forward-
|
|
path buffer, or the mail data buffer, and it may be issued at any
|
|
time.
|
|
|
|
SMTP servers SHOULD support HELP without arguments and MAY support it
|
|
with arguments.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
help = "HELP" [ SP String ] CRLF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 39]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-40" id="page-40" href="#page-40" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.9">4.1.1.9</a>. NOOP (NOOP)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command does not affect any parameters or previously entered
|
|
commands. It specifies no action other than that the receiver send a
|
|
"250 OK" reply.
|
|
|
|
This command has no effect on the reverse-path buffer, the forward-
|
|
path buffer, or the mail data buffer, and it may be issued at any
|
|
time. If a parameter string is specified, servers SHOULD ignore it.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
noop = "NOOP" [ SP String ] CRLF
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.10">4.1.1.10</a>. QUIT (QUIT)</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the receiver MUST send a "221 OK" reply,
|
|
and then close the transmission channel.
|
|
|
|
The receiver MUST NOT intentionally close the transmission channel
|
|
until it receives and replies to a QUIT command (even if there was an
|
|
error). The sender MUST NOT intentionally close the transmission
|
|
channel until it sends a QUIT command, and it SHOULD wait until it
|
|
receives the reply (even if there was an error response to a previous
|
|
command). If the connection is closed prematurely due to violations
|
|
of the above or system or network failure, the server MUST cancel any
|
|
pending transaction, but not undo any previously completed
|
|
transaction, and generally MUST act as if the command or transaction
|
|
in progress had received a temporary error (i.e., a 4yz response).
|
|
|
|
The QUIT command may be issued at any time. Any current uncompleted
|
|
mail transaction will be aborted.
|
|
|
|
Syntax:
|
|
|
|
quit = "QUIT" CRLF
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.1.1.11">4.1.1.11</a>. Mail-Parameter and Rcpt-Parameter Error Responses</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
If the server SMTP does not recognize or cannot implement one or more
|
|
of the parameters associated with a particular MAIL FROM or RCPT TO
|
|
command, it will return code 555.
|
|
|
|
If, for some reason, the server is temporarily unable to accommodate
|
|
one or more of the parameters associated with a MAIL FROM or RCPT TO
|
|
command, and if the definition of the specific parameter does not
|
|
mandate the use of another code, it should return code 455.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 40]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-41" id="page-41" href="#page-41" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Errors specific to particular parameters and their values will be
|
|
specified in the parameter's defining RFC.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.1.2">4.1.2</a>. Command Argument Syntax</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The syntax of the argument clauses of the above commands (using the
|
|
syntax specified in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234">RFC 5234</a> [<a href="#ref-7" title=""Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF"">7</a>] where applicable) is given below.
|
|
Some of the productions given below are used only in conjunction with
|
|
source routes as described in <a href="#appendix-C">Appendix C</a>. Terminals not defined in
|
|
this document, such as ALPHA, DIGIT, SP, CR, LF, CRLF, are as defined
|
|
in the "core" syntax in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234#section-6">Section 6 of RFC 5234</a> [<a href="#ref-7" title=""Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF"">7</a>] or in the message
|
|
format syntax in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>].
|
|
|
|
Reverse-path = Path / "<>"
|
|
|
|
Forward-path = Path
|
|
|
|
Path = "<" [ A-d-l ":" ] Mailbox ">"
|
|
|
|
A-d-l = At-domain *( "," At-domain )
|
|
; Note that this form, the so-called "source
|
|
; route", MUST BE accepted, SHOULD NOT be
|
|
; generated, and SHOULD be ignored.
|
|
|
|
At-domain = "@" Domain
|
|
|
|
Mail-parameters = esmtp-param *(SP esmtp-param)
|
|
|
|
Rcpt-parameters = esmtp-param *(SP esmtp-param)
|
|
|
|
esmtp-param = esmtp-keyword ["=" esmtp-value]
|
|
|
|
esmtp-keyword = (ALPHA / DIGIT) *(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-")
|
|
|
|
esmtp-value = 1*(%d33-60 / %d62-126)
|
|
; any CHAR excluding "=", SP, and control
|
|
; characters. If this string is an email address,
|
|
; i.e., a Mailbox, then the "xtext" syntax [<a href="#ref-32" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Service Extension for Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs)"">32</a>]
|
|
; SHOULD be used.
|
|
|
|
Keyword = Ldh-str
|
|
|
|
Argument = Atom
|
|
|
|
Domain = sub-domain *("." sub-domain)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 41]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-42" id="page-42" href="#page-42" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
sub-domain = Let-dig [<a href="#ref-Ldh-str">Ldh-str</a>]
|
|
|
|
Let-dig = ALPHA / DIGIT
|
|
|
|
Ldh-str = *( ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" ) Let-dig
|
|
|
|
address-literal = "[" ( IPv4-address-literal /
|
|
IPv6-address-literal /
|
|
General-address-literal ) "]"
|
|
; See <a href="#section-4.1.3">Section 4.1.3</a>
|
|
|
|
Mailbox = Local-part "@" ( Domain / address-literal )
|
|
|
|
Local-part = Dot-string / Quoted-string
|
|
; MAY be case-sensitive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dot-string = Atom *("." Atom)
|
|
|
|
Atom = 1*atext
|
|
|
|
Quoted-string = DQUOTE *QcontentSMTP DQUOTE
|
|
|
|
QcontentSMTP = qtextSMTP / quoted-pairSMTP
|
|
|
|
quoted-pairSMTP = %d92 %d32-126
|
|
; i.e., backslash followed by any ASCII
|
|
; graphic (including itself) or SPace
|
|
|
|
qtextSMTP = %d32-33 / %d35-91 / %d93-126
|
|
; i.e., within a quoted string, any
|
|
; ASCII graphic or space is permitted
|
|
; without blackslash-quoting except
|
|
; double-quote and the backslash itself.
|
|
|
|
String = Atom / Quoted-string
|
|
|
|
While the above definition for Local-part is relatively permissive,
|
|
for maximum interoperability, a host that expects to receive mail
|
|
SHOULD avoid defining mailboxes where the Local-part requires (or
|
|
uses) the Quoted-string form or where the Local-part is case-
|
|
sensitive. For any purposes that require generating or comparing
|
|
Local-parts (e.g., to specific mailbox names), all quoted forms MUST
|
|
be treated as equivalent, and the sending system SHOULD transmit the
|
|
form that uses the minimum quoting possible.
|
|
|
|
Systems MUST NOT define mailboxes in such a way as to require the use
|
|
in SMTP of non-ASCII characters (octets with the high order bit set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 42]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-43" id="page-43" href="#page-43" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
to one) or ASCII "control characters" (decimal value 0-31 and 127).
|
|
These characters MUST NOT be used in MAIL or RCPT commands or other
|
|
commands that require mailbox names.
|
|
|
|
Note that the backslash, "\", is a quote character, which is used to
|
|
indicate that the next character is to be used literally (instead of
|
|
its normal interpretation). For example, "Joe\,Smith" indicates a
|
|
single nine-character user name string with the comma being the
|
|
fourth character of that string.
|
|
|
|
To promote interoperability and consistent with long-standing
|
|
guidance about conservative use of the DNS in naming and applications
|
|
(e.g., see <a href="#section-2.3.1">Section 2.3.1</a> of the base DNS document, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a> [<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>]),
|
|
characters outside the set of alphabetic characters, digits, and
|
|
hyphen MUST NOT appear in domain name labels for SMTP clients or
|
|
servers. In particular, the underscore character is not permitted.
|
|
SMTP servers that receive a command in which invalid character codes
|
|
have been employed, and for which there are no other reasons for
|
|
rejection, MUST reject that command with a 501 response (this rule,
|
|
like others, could be overridden by appropriate SMTP extensions).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.1.3">4.1.3</a>. Address Literals</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Sometimes a host is not known to the domain name system and
|
|
communication (and, in particular, communication to report and repair
|
|
the error) is blocked. To bypass this barrier, a special literal
|
|
form of the address is allowed as an alternative to a domain name.
|
|
For IPv4 addresses, this form uses four small decimal integers
|
|
separated by dots and enclosed by brackets such as [<a href="#ref-123.255.37.2">123.255.37.2</a>],
|
|
which indicates an (IPv4) Internet Address in sequence-of-octets
|
|
form. For IPv6 and other forms of addressing that might eventually
|
|
be standardized, the form consists of a standardized "tag" that
|
|
identifies the address syntax, a colon, and the address itself, in a
|
|
format specified as part of the relevant standards (i.e., <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291">RFC 4291</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-8" title=""IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture"">8</a>] for IPv6).
|
|
|
|
Specifically:
|
|
|
|
IPv4-address-literal = Snum 3("." Snum)
|
|
|
|
IPv6-address-literal = "IPv6:" IPv6-addr
|
|
|
|
General-address-literal = Standardized-tag ":" 1*dcontent
|
|
|
|
Standardized-tag = Ldh-str
|
|
; Standardized-tag MUST be specified in a
|
|
; Standards-Track RFC and registered with IANA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 43]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-44" id="page-44" href="#page-44" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
dcontent = %d33-90 / ; Printable US-ASCII
|
|
%d94-126 ; excl. "[", "\", "]"
|
|
|
|
Snum = 1*3DIGIT
|
|
; representing a decimal integer
|
|
; value in the range 0 through 255
|
|
|
|
IPv6-addr = IPv6-full / IPv6-comp / IPv6v4-full / IPv6v4-comp
|
|
|
|
IPv6-hex = 1*4HEXDIG
|
|
|
|
IPv6-full = IPv6-hex 7(":" IPv6-hex)
|
|
|
|
IPv6-comp = [IPv6-hex *5(":" IPv6-hex)] "::"
|
|
[IPv6-hex *5(":" IPv6-hex)]
|
|
; The "::" represents at least 2 16-bit groups of
|
|
; zeros. No more than 6 groups in addition to the
|
|
; "::" may be present.
|
|
|
|
IPv6v4-full = IPv6-hex 5(":" IPv6-hex) ":" IPv4-address-literal
|
|
|
|
IPv6v4-comp = [IPv6-hex *3(":" IPv6-hex)] "::"
|
|
[IPv6-hex *3(":" IPv6-hex) ":"]
|
|
IPv4-address-literal
|
|
; The "::" represents at least 2 16-bit groups of
|
|
; zeros. No more than 4 groups in addition to the
|
|
; "::" and IPv4-address-literal may be present.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.1.4">4.1.4</a>. Order of Commands</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
There are restrictions on the order in which these commands may be
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
A session that will contain mail transactions MUST first be
|
|
initialized by the use of the EHLO command. An SMTP server SHOULD
|
|
accept commands for non-mail transactions (e.g., VRFY or EXPN)
|
|
without this initialization.
|
|
|
|
An EHLO command MAY be issued by a client later in the session. If
|
|
it is issued after the session begins and the EHLO command is
|
|
acceptable to the SMTP server, the SMTP server MUST clear all buffers
|
|
and reset the state exactly as if a RSET command had been issued. In
|
|
other words, the sequence of RSET followed immediately by EHLO is
|
|
redundant, but not harmful other than in the performance cost of
|
|
executing unnecessary commands.
|
|
|
|
If the EHLO command is not acceptable to the SMTP server, 501, 500,
|
|
502, or 550 failure replies MUST be returned as appropriate. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 44]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-45" id="page-45" href="#page-45" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
SMTP server MUST stay in the same state after transmitting these
|
|
replies that it was in before the EHLO was received.
|
|
|
|
The SMTP client MUST, if possible, ensure that the domain parameter
|
|
to the EHLO command is a primary host name as specified for this
|
|
command in <a href="#section-2.3.5">Section 2.3.5</a>. If this is not possible (e.g., when the
|
|
client's address is dynamically assigned and the client does not have
|
|
an obvious name), an address literal SHOULD be substituted for the
|
|
domain name.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server MAY verify that the domain name argument in the EHLO
|
|
command actually corresponds to the IP address of the client.
|
|
However, if the verification fails, the server MUST NOT refuse to
|
|
accept a message on that basis. Information captured in the
|
|
verification attempt is for logging and tracing purposes. Note that
|
|
this prohibition applies to the matching of the parameter to its IP
|
|
address only; see <a href="#section-7.9">Section 7.9</a> for a more extensive discussion of
|
|
rejecting incoming connections or mail messages.
|
|
|
|
The NOOP, HELP, EXPN, VRFY, and RSET commands can be used at any time
|
|
during a session, or without previously initializing a session. SMTP
|
|
servers SHOULD process these normally (that is, not return a 503
|
|
code) even if no EHLO command has yet been received; clients SHOULD
|
|
open a session with EHLO before sending these commands.
|
|
|
|
If these rules are followed, the example in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> that shows "550
|
|
access denied to you" in response to an EXPN command is incorrect
|
|
unless an EHLO command precedes the EXPN or the denial of access is
|
|
based on the client's IP address or other authentication or
|
|
authorization-determining mechanisms.
|
|
|
|
The MAIL command (or the obsolete SEND, SOML, or SAML commands)
|
|
begins a mail transaction. Once started, a mail transaction consists
|
|
of a transaction beginning command, one or more RCPT commands, and a
|
|
DATA command, in that order. A mail transaction may be aborted by
|
|
the RSET, a new EHLO, or the QUIT command. There may be zero or more
|
|
transactions in a session. MAIL (or SEND, SOML, or SAML) MUST NOT be
|
|
sent if a mail transaction is already open, i.e., it should be sent
|
|
only if no mail transaction had been started in the session, or if
|
|
the previous one successfully concluded with a successful DATA
|
|
command, or if the previous one was aborted, e.g., with a RSET or new
|
|
EHLO.
|
|
|
|
If the transaction beginning command argument is not acceptable, a
|
|
501 failure reply MUST be returned and the SMTP server MUST stay in
|
|
the same state. If the commands in a transaction are out of order to
|
|
the degree that they cannot be processed by the server, a 503 failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 45]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-46" id="page-46" href="#page-46" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
reply MUST be returned and the SMTP server MUST stay in the same
|
|
state.
|
|
|
|
The last command in a session MUST be the QUIT command. The QUIT
|
|
command SHOULD be used by the client SMTP to request connection
|
|
closure, even when no session opening command was sent and accepted.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.1.5">4.1.5</a>. Private-Use Commands</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
As specified in <a href="#section-2.2.2">Section 2.2.2</a>, commands starting in "X" may be used
|
|
by bilateral agreement between the client (sending) and server
|
|
(receiving) SMTP agents. An SMTP server that does not recognize such
|
|
a command is expected to reply with "500 Command not recognized". An
|
|
extended SMTP server MAY list the feature names associated with these
|
|
private commands in the response to the EHLO command.
|
|
|
|
Commands sent or accepted by SMTP systems that do not start with "X"
|
|
MUST conform to the requirements of <a href="#section-2.2.2">Section 2.2.2</a>.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-4.2">4.2</a>. SMTP Replies</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Replies to SMTP commands serve to ensure the synchronization of
|
|
requests and actions in the process of mail transfer and to guarantee
|
|
that the SMTP client always knows the state of the SMTP server.
|
|
Every command MUST generate exactly one reply.
|
|
|
|
The details of the command-reply sequence are described in
|
|
<a href="#section-4.3">Section 4.3</a>.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP reply consists of a three digit number (transmitted as three
|
|
numeric characters) followed by some text unless specified otherwise
|
|
in this document. The number is for use by automata to determine
|
|
what state to enter next; the text is for the human user. The three
|
|
digits contain enough encoded information that the SMTP client need
|
|
not examine the text and may either discard it or pass it on to the
|
|
user, as appropriate. Exceptions are as noted elsewhere in this
|
|
document. In particular, the 220, 221, 251, 421, and 551 reply codes
|
|
are associated with message text that must be parsed and interpreted
|
|
by machines. In the general case, the text may be receiver dependent
|
|
and context dependent, so there are likely to be varying texts for
|
|
each reply code. A discussion of the theory of reply codes is given
|
|
in <a href="#section-4.2.1">Section 4.2.1</a>. Formally, a reply is defined to be the sequence: a
|
|
three-digit code, <SP>, one line of text, and <CRLF>, or a multiline
|
|
reply (as defined in the same section). Since, in violation of this
|
|
specification, the text is sometimes not sent, clients that do not
|
|
receive it SHOULD be prepared to process the code alone (with or
|
|
without a trailing space character). Only the EHLO, EXPN, and HELP
|
|
commands are expected to result in multiline replies in normal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 46]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-47" id="page-47" href="#page-47" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
circumstances; however, multiline replies are allowed for any
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
In ABNF, server responses are:
|
|
|
|
Greeting = ( "220 " (Domain / address-literal)
|
|
[ SP textstring ] CRLF ) /
|
|
( "220-" (Domain / address-literal)
|
|
[ SP textstring ] CRLF
|
|
*( "220-" [ textstring ] CRLF )
|
|
"220" [ SP textstring ] CRLF )
|
|
|
|
textstring = 1*(%d09 / %d32-126) ; HT, SP, Printable US-ASCII
|
|
|
|
Reply-line = *( Reply-code "-" [ textstring ] CRLF )
|
|
Reply-code [ SP textstring ] CRLF
|
|
|
|
Reply-code = %x32-35 %x30-35 %x30-39
|
|
|
|
where "Greeting" appears only in the 220 response that announces that
|
|
the server is opening its part of the connection. (Other possible
|
|
server responses upon connection follow the syntax of Reply-line.)
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server SHOULD send only the reply codes listed in this
|
|
document. An SMTP server SHOULD use the text shown in the examples
|
|
whenever appropriate.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP client MUST determine its actions only by the reply code, not
|
|
by the text (except for the "change of address" 251 and 551 and, if
|
|
necessary, 220, 221, and 421 replies); in the general case, any text,
|
|
including no text at all (although senders SHOULD NOT send bare
|
|
codes), MUST be acceptable. The space (blank) following the reply
|
|
code is considered part of the text. Whenever possible, a receiver-
|
|
SMTP SHOULD test the first digit (severity indication) of the reply
|
|
code.
|
|
|
|
The list of codes that appears below MUST NOT be construed as
|
|
permanent. While the addition of new codes should be a rare and
|
|
significant activity, with supplemental information in the textual
|
|
part of the response being preferred, new codes may be added as the
|
|
result of new Standards or Standards-Track specifications.
|
|
Consequently, a sender-SMTP MUST be prepared to handle codes not
|
|
specified in this document and MUST do so by interpreting the first
|
|
digit only.
|
|
|
|
In the absence of extensions negotiated with the client, SMTP servers
|
|
MUST NOT send reply codes whose first digits are other than 2, 3, 4,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 47]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-48" id="page-48" href="#page-48" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
or 5. Clients that receive such out-of-range codes SHOULD normally
|
|
treat them as fatal errors and terminate the mail transaction.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.2.1">4.2.1</a>. Reply Code Severities and Theory</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The three digits of the reply each have a special significance. The
|
|
first digit denotes whether the response is good, bad, or incomplete.
|
|
An unsophisticated SMTP client, or one that receives an unexpected
|
|
code, will be able to determine its next action (proceed as planned,
|
|
redo, retrench, etc.) by examining this first digit. An SMTP client
|
|
that wants to know approximately what kind of error occurred (e.g.,
|
|
mail system error, command syntax error) may examine the second
|
|
digit. The third digit and any supplemental information that may be
|
|
present is reserved for the finest gradation of information.
|
|
|
|
There are four values for the first digit of the reply code:
|
|
|
|
2yz Positive Completion reply
|
|
The requested action has been successfully completed. A new
|
|
request may be initiated.
|
|
|
|
3yz Positive Intermediate reply
|
|
The command has been accepted, but the requested action is being
|
|
held in abeyance, pending receipt of further information. The
|
|
SMTP client should send another command specifying this
|
|
information. This reply is used in command sequence groups (i.e.,
|
|
in DATA).
|
|
|
|
4yz Transient Negative Completion reply
|
|
The command was not accepted, and the requested action did not
|
|
occur. However, the error condition is temporary, and the action
|
|
may be requested again. The sender should return to the beginning
|
|
of the command sequence (if any). It is difficult to assign a
|
|
meaning to "transient" when two different sites (receiver- and
|
|
sender-SMTP agents) must agree on the interpretation. Each reply
|
|
in this category might have a different time value, but the SMTP
|
|
client SHOULD try again. A rule of thumb to determine whether a
|
|
reply fits into the 4yz or the 5yz category (see below) is that
|
|
replies are 4yz if they can be successful if repeated without any
|
|
change in command form or in properties of the sender or receiver
|
|
(that is, the command is repeated identically and the receiver
|
|
does not put up a new implementation).
|
|
|
|
5yz Permanent Negative Completion reply
|
|
The command was not accepted and the requested action did not
|
|
occur. The SMTP client SHOULD NOT repeat the exact request (in
|
|
the same sequence). Even some "permanent" error conditions can be
|
|
corrected, so the human user may want to direct the SMTP client to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 48]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-49" id="page-49" href="#page-49" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
reinitiate the command sequence by direct action at some point in
|
|
the future (e.g., after the spelling has been changed, or the user
|
|
has altered the account status).
|
|
|
|
It is worth noting that the file transfer protocol (FTP) [<a href="#ref-34" title=""File Transfer Protocol"">34</a>] uses a
|
|
very similar code architecture and that the SMTP codes are based on
|
|
the FTP model. However, SMTP uses a one-command, one-response model
|
|
(while FTP is asynchronous) and FTP's 1yz codes are not part of the
|
|
SMTP model.
|
|
|
|
The second digit encodes responses in specific categories:
|
|
|
|
x0z Syntax: These replies refer to syntax errors, syntactically
|
|
correct commands that do not fit any functional category, and
|
|
unimplemented or superfluous commands.
|
|
|
|
x1z Information: These are replies to requests for information, such
|
|
as status or help.
|
|
|
|
x2z Connections: These are replies referring to the transmission
|
|
channel.
|
|
|
|
x3z Unspecified.
|
|
|
|
x4z Unspecified.
|
|
|
|
x5z Mail system: These replies indicate the status of the receiver
|
|
mail system vis-a-vis the requested transfer or other mail system
|
|
action.
|
|
|
|
The third digit gives a finer gradation of meaning in each category
|
|
specified by the second digit. The list of replies illustrates this.
|
|
Each reply text is recommended rather than mandatory, and may even
|
|
change according to the command with which it is associated. On the
|
|
other hand, the reply codes must strictly follow the specifications
|
|
in this section. Receiver implementations should not invent new
|
|
codes for slightly different situations from the ones described here,
|
|
but rather adapt codes already defined.
|
|
|
|
For example, a command such as NOOP, whose successful execution does
|
|
not offer the SMTP client any new information, will return a 250
|
|
reply. The reply is 502 when the command requests an unimplemented
|
|
non-site-specific action. A refinement of that is the 504 reply for
|
|
a command that is implemented, but that requests an unimplemented
|
|
parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 49]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-50" id="page-50" href="#page-50" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reply text may be longer than a single line; in these cases the
|
|
complete text must be marked so the SMTP client knows when it can
|
|
stop reading the reply. This requires a special format to indicate a
|
|
multiple line reply.
|
|
|
|
The format for multiline replies requires that every line, except the
|
|
last, begin with the reply code, followed immediately by a hyphen,
|
|
"-" (also known as minus), followed by text. The last line will
|
|
begin with the reply code, followed immediately by <SP>, optionally
|
|
some text, and <CRLF>. As noted above, servers SHOULD send the <SP>
|
|
if subsequent text is not sent, but clients MUST be prepared for it
|
|
to be omitted.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
250-First line
|
|
250-Second line
|
|
250-234 Text beginning with numbers
|
|
250 The last line
|
|
|
|
In a multiline reply, the reply code on each of the lines MUST be the
|
|
same. It is reasonable for the client to rely on this, so it can
|
|
make processing decisions based on the code in any line, assuming
|
|
that all others will be the same. In a few cases, there is important
|
|
data for the client in the reply "text". The client will be able to
|
|
identify these cases from the current context.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.2.2">4.2.2</a>. Reply Codes by Function Groups</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
500 Syntax error, command unrecognized (This may include errors such
|
|
as command line too long)
|
|
|
|
501 Syntax error in parameters or arguments
|
|
|
|
502 Command not implemented (see <a href="#section-4.2.4">Section 4.2.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
503 Bad sequence of commands
|
|
|
|
504 Command parameter not implemented
|
|
|
|
|
|
211 System status, or system help reply
|
|
|
|
214 Help message (Information on how to use the receiver or the
|
|
meaning of a particular non-standard command; this reply is useful
|
|
only to the human user)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 50]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-51" id="page-51" href="#page-51" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 <domain> Service ready
|
|
|
|
221 <domain> Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
421 <domain> Service not available, closing transmission channel
|
|
(This may be a reply to any command if the service knows it must
|
|
shut down)
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 Requested mail action okay, completed
|
|
|
|
251 User not local; will forward to <forward-path> (See <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
252 Cannot VRFY user, but will accept message and attempt delivery
|
|
(See <a href="#section-3.5.3">Section 3.5.3</a>)
|
|
|
|
455 Server unable to accommodate parameters
|
|
|
|
555 MAIL FROM/RCPT TO parameters not recognized or not implemented
|
|
|
|
450 Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable (e.g.,
|
|
mailbox busy or temporarily blocked for policy reasons)
|
|
|
|
550 Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable (e.g., mailbox
|
|
not found, no access, or command rejected for policy reasons)
|
|
|
|
451 Requested action aborted: error in processing
|
|
|
|
551 User not local; please try <forward-path> (See <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
452 Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage
|
|
|
|
552 Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation
|
|
|
|
553 Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed (e.g.,
|
|
mailbox syntax incorrect)
|
|
|
|
354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
|
|
554 Transaction failed (Or, in the case of a connection-opening
|
|
response, "No SMTP service here")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 51]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-52" id="page-52" href="#page-52" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.2.3">4.2.3</a>. Reply Codes in Numeric Order</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
211 System status, or system help reply
|
|
|
|
214 Help message (Information on how to use the receiver or the
|
|
meaning of a particular non-standard command; this reply is useful
|
|
only to the human user)
|
|
|
|
220 <domain> Service ready
|
|
|
|
221 <domain> Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
250 Requested mail action okay, completed
|
|
|
|
251 User not local; will forward to <forward-path> (See <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
252 Cannot VRFY user, but will accept message and attempt delivery
|
|
(See <a href="#section-3.5.3">Section 3.5.3</a>)
|
|
|
|
354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
|
|
421 <domain> Service not available, closing transmission channel
|
|
(This may be a reply to any command if the service knows it must
|
|
shut down)
|
|
|
|
450 Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable (e.g.,
|
|
mailbox busy or temporarily blocked for policy reasons)
|
|
|
|
451 Requested action aborted: local error in processing
|
|
|
|
452 Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage
|
|
|
|
455 Server unable to accommodate parameters
|
|
|
|
500 Syntax error, command unrecognized (This may include errors such
|
|
as command line too long)
|
|
|
|
501 Syntax error in parameters or arguments
|
|
|
|
502 Command not implemented (see <a href="#section-4.2.4">Section 4.2.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
503 Bad sequence of commands
|
|
|
|
504 Command parameter not implemented
|
|
|
|
550 Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable (e.g., mailbox
|
|
not found, no access, or command rejected for policy reasons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 52]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-53" id="page-53" href="#page-53" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
551 User not local; please try <forward-path> (See <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a>)
|
|
|
|
552 Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation
|
|
|
|
553 Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed (e.g.,
|
|
mailbox syntax incorrect)
|
|
|
|
554 Transaction failed (Or, in the case of a connection-opening
|
|
response, "No SMTP service here")
|
|
|
|
555 MAIL FROM/RCPT TO parameters not recognized or not implemented
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.2.4">4.2.4</a>. Reply Code 502</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Questions have been raised as to when reply code 502 (Command not
|
|
implemented) SHOULD be returned in preference to other codes. 502
|
|
SHOULD be used when the command is actually recognized by the SMTP
|
|
server, but not implemented. If the command is not recognized, code
|
|
500 SHOULD be returned. Extended SMTP systems MUST NOT list
|
|
capabilities in response to EHLO for which they will return 502 (or
|
|
500) replies.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.2.5">4.2.5</a>. Reply Codes after DATA and the Subsequent <CRLF>.<CRLF></h4></span>
|
|
|
|
When an SMTP server returns a positive completion status (2yz code)
|
|
after the DATA command is completed with <CRLF>.<CRLF>, it accepts
|
|
responsibility for:
|
|
|
|
o delivering the message (if the recipient mailbox exists), or
|
|
|
|
o if attempts to deliver the message fail due to transient
|
|
conditions, retrying delivery some reasonable number of times at
|
|
intervals as specified in <a href="#section-4.5.4">Section 4.5.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
o if attempts to deliver the message fail due to permanent
|
|
conditions, or if repeated attempts to deliver the message fail
|
|
due to transient conditions, returning appropriate notification to
|
|
the sender of the original message (using the address in the SMTP
|
|
MAIL command).
|
|
|
|
When an SMTP server returns a temporary error status (4yz) code after
|
|
the DATA command is completed with <CRLF>.<CRLF>, it MUST NOT make a
|
|
subsequent attempt to deliver that message. The SMTP client retains
|
|
responsibility for the delivery of that message and may either return
|
|
it to the user or requeue it for a subsequent attempt (see
|
|
<a href="#section-4.5.4.1">Section 4.5.4.1</a>).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 53]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-54" id="page-54" href="#page-54" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user who originated the message SHOULD be able to interpret the
|
|
return of a transient failure status (by mail message or otherwise)
|
|
as a non-delivery indication, just as a permanent failure would be
|
|
interpreted. If the client SMTP successfully handles these
|
|
conditions, the user will not receive such a reply.
|
|
|
|
When an SMTP server returns a permanent error status (5yz) code after
|
|
the DATA command is completed with <CRLF>.<CRLF>, it MUST NOT make
|
|
any subsequent attempt to deliver the message. As with temporary
|
|
error status codes, the SMTP client retains responsibility for the
|
|
message, but SHOULD not again attempt delivery to the same server
|
|
without user review of the message and response and appropriate
|
|
intervention.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-4.3">4.3</a>. Sequencing of Commands and Replies</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.3.1">4.3.1</a>. Sequencing Overview</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The communication between the sender and receiver is an alternating
|
|
dialogue, controlled by the sender. As such, the sender issues a
|
|
command and the receiver responds with a reply. Unless other
|
|
arrangements are negotiated through service extensions, the sender
|
|
MUST wait for this response before sending further commands. One
|
|
important reply is the connection greeting. Normally, a receiver
|
|
will send a 220 "Service ready" reply when the connection is
|
|
completed. The sender SHOULD wait for this greeting message before
|
|
sending any commands.
|
|
|
|
Note: all the greeting-type replies have the official name (the
|
|
fully-qualified primary domain name) of the server host as the first
|
|
word following the reply code. Sometimes the host will have no
|
|
meaningful name. See <a href="#section-4.1.3">Section 4.1.3</a> for a discussion of alternatives
|
|
in these situations.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
220 ISIF.USC.EDU Service ready
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
220 mail.example.com SuperSMTP v 6.1.2 Service ready
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
220 [<a href="#ref-10.0.0.1">10.0.0.1</a>] Clueless host service ready
|
|
|
|
The table below lists alternative success and failure replies for
|
|
each command. These SHOULD be strictly adhered to. A receiver MAY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 54]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-55" id="page-55" href="#page-55" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
substitute text in the replies, but the meanings and actions implied
|
|
by the code numbers and by the specific command reply sequence MUST
|
|
be preserved.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.3.2">4.3.2</a>. Command-Reply Sequences</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Each command is listed with its usual possible replies. The prefixes
|
|
used before the possible replies are "I" for intermediate, "S" for
|
|
success, and "E" for error. Since some servers may generate other
|
|
replies under special circumstances, and to allow for future
|
|
extension, SMTP clients SHOULD, when possible, interpret only the
|
|
first digit of the reply and MUST be prepared to deal with
|
|
unrecognized reply codes by interpreting the first digit only.
|
|
Unless extended using the mechanisms described in <a href="#section-2.2">Section 2.2</a>, SMTP
|
|
servers MUST NOT transmit reply codes to an SMTP client that are
|
|
other than three digits or that do not start in a digit between 2 and
|
|
5 inclusive.
|
|
|
|
These sequencing rules and, in principle, the codes themselves, can
|
|
be extended or modified by SMTP extensions offered by the server and
|
|
accepted (requested) by the client. However, if the target is more
|
|
precise granularity in the codes, rather than codes for completely
|
|
new purposes, the system described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463">RFC 3463</a> [<a href="#ref-25" title=""Enhanced Mail System Status Codes"">25</a>] SHOULD be used in
|
|
preference to the invention of new codes.
|
|
|
|
In addition to the codes listed below, any SMTP command can return
|
|
any of the following codes if the corresponding unusual circumstances
|
|
are encountered:
|
|
|
|
500 For the "command line too long" case or if the command name was
|
|
not recognized. Note that producing a "command not recognized"
|
|
error in response to the required subset of these commands is a
|
|
violation of this specification. Similarly, producing a "command
|
|
too long" message for a command line shorter than 512 characters
|
|
would violate the provisions of <a href="#section-4.5.3.1.4">Section 4.5.3.1.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
501 Syntax error in command or arguments. In order to provide for
|
|
future extensions, commands that are specified in this document as
|
|
not accepting arguments (DATA, RSET, QUIT) SHOULD return a 501
|
|
message if arguments are supplied in the absence of EHLO-
|
|
advertised extensions.
|
|
|
|
421 Service shutting down and closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 55]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-56" id="page-56" href="#page-56" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific sequences are:
|
|
|
|
CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT
|
|
|
|
S: 220
|
|
E: 554
|
|
|
|
EHLO or HELO
|
|
|
|
S: 250
|
|
E: 504 (a conforming implementation could return this code only
|
|
in fairly obscure cases), 550, 502 (permitted only with an old-
|
|
style server that does not support EHLO)
|
|
|
|
MAIL
|
|
|
|
S: 250
|
|
E: 552, 451, 452, 550, 553, 503, 455, 555
|
|
|
|
RCPT
|
|
|
|
S: 250, 251 (but see <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a> for discussion of 251 and 551)
|
|
E: 550, 551, 552, 553, 450, 451, 452, 503, 455, 555
|
|
|
|
DATA
|
|
|
|
I: 354 -> data -> S: 250
|
|
|
|
E: 552, 554, 451, 452
|
|
|
|
E: 450, 550 (rejections for policy reasons)
|
|
|
|
E: 503, 554
|
|
|
|
RSET
|
|
|
|
S: 250
|
|
|
|
VRFY
|
|
|
|
S: 250, 251, 252
|
|
E: 550, 551, 553, 502, 504
|
|
|
|
EXPN
|
|
|
|
S: 250, 252
|
|
E: 550, 500, 502, 504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 56]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-57" id="page-57" href="#page-57" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
HELP
|
|
|
|
S: 211, 214
|
|
E: 502, 504
|
|
|
|
NOOP
|
|
|
|
S: 250
|
|
|
|
QUIT
|
|
|
|
S: 221
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-4.4">4.4</a>. Trace Information</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
When an SMTP server receives a message for delivery or further
|
|
processing, it MUST insert trace ("time stamp" or "Received")
|
|
information at the beginning of the message content, as discussed in
|
|
<a href="#section-4.1.1.4">Section 4.1.1.4</a>.
|
|
|
|
This line MUST be structured as follows:
|
|
|
|
o The FROM clause, which MUST be supplied in an SMTP environment,
|
|
SHOULD contain both (1) the name of the source host as presented
|
|
in the EHLO command and (2) an address literal containing the IP
|
|
address of the source, determined from the TCP connection.
|
|
|
|
o The ID clause MAY contain an "@" as suggested in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a>, but this
|
|
is not required.
|
|
|
|
o If the FOR clause appears, it MUST contain exactly one <path>
|
|
entry, even when multiple RCPT commands have been given. Multiple
|
|
<path>s raise some security issues and have been deprecated, see
|
|
<a href="#section-7.2">Section 7.2</a>.
|
|
|
|
An Internet mail program MUST NOT change or delete a Received: line
|
|
that was previously added to the message header section. SMTP
|
|
servers MUST prepend Received lines to messages; they MUST NOT change
|
|
the order of existing lines or insert Received lines in any other
|
|
location.
|
|
|
|
As the Internet grows, comparability of Received header fields is
|
|
important for detecting problems, especially slow relays. SMTP
|
|
servers that create Received header fields SHOULD use explicit
|
|
offsets in the dates (e.g., -0800), rather than time zone names of
|
|
any type. Local time (with an offset) SHOULD be used rather than UT
|
|
when feasible. This formulation allows slightly more information
|
|
about local circumstances to be specified. If UT is needed, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 57]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-58" id="page-58" href="#page-58" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
receiver need merely do some simple arithmetic to convert the values.
|
|
Use of UT loses information about the time zone-location of the
|
|
server. If it is desired to supply a time zone name, it SHOULD be
|
|
included in a comment.
|
|
|
|
When the delivery SMTP server makes the "final delivery" of a
|
|
message, it inserts a return-path line at the beginning of the mail
|
|
data. This use of return-path is required; mail systems MUST support
|
|
it. The return-path line preserves the information in the <reverse-
|
|
path> from the MAIL command. Here, final delivery means the message
|
|
has left the SMTP environment. Normally, this would mean it had been
|
|
delivered to the destination user or an associated mail drop, but in
|
|
some cases it may be further processed and transmitted by another
|
|
mail system.
|
|
|
|
It is possible for the mailbox in the return path to be different
|
|
from the actual sender's mailbox, for example, if error responses are
|
|
to be delivered to a special error handling mailbox rather than to
|
|
the message sender. When mailing lists are involved, this
|
|
arrangement is common and useful as a means of directing errors to
|
|
the list maintainer rather than the message originator.
|
|
|
|
The text above implies that the final mail data will begin with a
|
|
return path line, followed by one or more time stamp lines. These
|
|
lines will be followed by the rest of the mail data: first the
|
|
balance of the mail header section and then the body (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]).
|
|
|
|
It is sometimes difficult for an SMTP server to determine whether or
|
|
not it is making final delivery since forwarding or other operations
|
|
may occur after the message is accepted for delivery. Consequently,
|
|
any further (forwarding, gateway, or relay) systems MAY remove the
|
|
return path and rebuild the MAIL command as needed to ensure that
|
|
exactly one such line appears in a delivered message.
|
|
|
|
A message-originating SMTP system SHOULD NOT send a message that
|
|
already contains a Return-path header field. SMTP servers performing
|
|
a relay function MUST NOT inspect the message data, and especially
|
|
not to the extent needed to determine if Return-path header fields
|
|
are present. SMTP servers making final delivery MAY remove Return-
|
|
path header fields before adding their own.
|
|
|
|
The primary purpose of the Return-path is to designate the address to
|
|
which messages indicating non-delivery or other mail system failures
|
|
are to be sent. For this to be unambiguous, exactly one return path
|
|
SHOULD be present when the message is delivered. Systems using <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">822</a> syntax with non-SMTP transports SHOULD designate an unambiguous
|
|
address, associated with the transport envelope, to which error
|
|
reports (e.g., non-delivery messages) should be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 58]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-59" id="page-59" href="#page-59" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical note: Text in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> that appears to contradict the use
|
|
of the Return-path header field (or the envelope reverse-path address
|
|
from the MAIL command) as the destination for error messages is not
|
|
applicable on the Internet. The reverse-path address (as copied into
|
|
the Return-path) MUST be used as the target of any mail containing
|
|
delivery error messages.
|
|
|
|
In particular:
|
|
o a gateway from SMTP -> elsewhere SHOULD insert a return-path
|
|
header field, unless it is known that the "elsewhere" transport
|
|
also uses Internet domain addresses and maintains the envelope
|
|
sender address separately.
|
|
|
|
o a gateway from elsewhere -> SMTP SHOULD delete any return-path
|
|
header field present in the message, and either copy that
|
|
information to the SMTP envelope or combine it with information
|
|
present in the envelope of the other transport system to construct
|
|
the reverse-path argument to the MAIL command in the SMTP
|
|
envelope.
|
|
|
|
The server must give special treatment to cases in which the
|
|
processing following the end of mail data indication is only
|
|
partially successful. This could happen if, after accepting several
|
|
recipients and the mail data, the SMTP server finds that the mail
|
|
data could be successfully delivered to some, but not all, of the
|
|
recipients. In such cases, the response to the DATA command MUST be
|
|
an OK reply. However, the SMTP server MUST compose and send an
|
|
"undeliverable mail" notification message to the originator of the
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
A single notification listing all of the failed recipients or
|
|
separate notification messages MUST be sent for each failed
|
|
recipient. For economy of processing by the sender, the former
|
|
SHOULD be used when possible. Note that the key difference between
|
|
handling aliases (<a href="#section-3.9.1">Section 3.9.1</a>) and forwarding (this subsection) is
|
|
the change to the backward-pointing address in this case. All
|
|
notification messages about undeliverable mail MUST be sent using the
|
|
MAIL command (even if they result from processing the obsolete SEND,
|
|
SOML, or SAML commands) and MUST use a null return path as discussed
|
|
in <a href="#section-3.6">Section 3.6</a>.
|
|
|
|
The time stamp line and the return path line are formally defined as
|
|
follows (the definitions for "FWS" and "CFWS" appear in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]):
|
|
|
|
Return-path-line = "Return-Path:" FWS Reverse-path <CRLF>
|
|
|
|
Time-stamp-line = "Received:" FWS Stamp <CRLF>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 59]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-60" id="page-60" href="#page-60" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stamp = From-domain By-domain Opt-info [<a href="#ref-CFWS">CFWS</a>] ";"
|
|
FWS date-time
|
|
; where "date-time" is as defined in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]
|
|
; but the "obs-" forms, especially two-digit
|
|
; years, are prohibited in SMTP and MUST NOT be used.
|
|
|
|
From-domain = "FROM" FWS Extended-Domain
|
|
|
|
By-domain = CFWS "BY" FWS Extended-Domain
|
|
|
|
Extended-Domain = Domain /
|
|
( Domain FWS "(" TCP-info ")" ) /
|
|
( address-literal FWS "(" TCP-info ")" )
|
|
|
|
TCP-info = address-literal / ( Domain FWS address-literal )
|
|
; Information derived by server from TCP connection
|
|
; not client EHLO.
|
|
|
|
Opt-info = [<a href="#ref-Via">Via</a>] [<a href="#ref-With">With</a>] [<a href="#ref-ID">ID</a>] [<a href="#ref-For">For</a>]
|
|
[<a href="#ref-Additional-Registered-Clauses">Additional-Registered-Clauses</a>]
|
|
|
|
Via = CFWS "VIA" FWS Link
|
|
|
|
With = CFWS "WITH" FWS Protocol
|
|
|
|
ID = CFWS "ID" FWS ( Atom / msg-id )
|
|
; msg-id is defined in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>]
|
|
|
|
For = CFWS "FOR" FWS ( Path / Mailbox )
|
|
|
|
Additional-Registered-Clauses = CFWS Atom FWS String
|
|
; Additional standard clauses may be
|
|
added in this
|
|
; location by future standards and
|
|
registration with
|
|
; IANA. SMTP servers SHOULD NOT use
|
|
unregistered
|
|
; names. See <a href="#section-8">Section 8</a>.
|
|
|
|
Link = "TCP" / Addtl-Link
|
|
|
|
Addtl-Link = Atom
|
|
; Additional standard names for links are
|
|
; registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers
|
|
; Authority (IANA). "Via" is primarily of value
|
|
; with non-Internet transports. SMTP servers
|
|
; SHOULD NOT use unregistered names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 60]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-61" id="page-61" href="#page-61" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Protocol = "ESMTP" / "SMTP" / Attdl-Protocol
|
|
|
|
Attdl-Protocol = Atom
|
|
; Additional standard names for protocols are
|
|
; registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers
|
|
; Authority (IANA) in the "mail parameters"
|
|
; registry [<a href="#ref-9" title=""ESMTP and LMTP Transmission Types Registration"">9</a>]. SMTP servers SHOULD NOT
|
|
; use unregistered names.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-4.5">4.5</a>. Additional Implementation Issues</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.5.1">4.5.1</a>. Minimum Implementation</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
In order to make SMTP workable, the following minimum implementation
|
|
MUST be provided by all receivers. The following commands MUST be
|
|
supported to conform to this specification:
|
|
|
|
EHLO
|
|
HELO
|
|
MAIL
|
|
RCPT
|
|
DATA
|
|
RSET
|
|
NOOP
|
|
QUIT
|
|
VRFY
|
|
|
|
Any system that includes an SMTP server supporting mail relaying or
|
|
delivery MUST support the reserved mailbox "postmaster" as a case-
|
|
insensitive local name. This postmaster address is not strictly
|
|
necessary if the server always returns 554 on connection opening (as
|
|
described in <a href="#section-3.1">Section 3.1</a>). The requirement to accept mail for
|
|
postmaster implies that RCPT commands that specify a mailbox for
|
|
postmaster at any of the domains for which the SMTP server provides
|
|
mail service, as well as the special case of "RCPT TO:<Postmaster>"
|
|
(with no domain specification), MUST be supported.
|
|
|
|
SMTP systems are expected to make every reasonable effort to accept
|
|
mail directed to Postmaster from any other system on the Internet.
|
|
In extreme cases -- such as to contain a denial of service attack or
|
|
other breach of security -- an SMTP server may block mail directed to
|
|
Postmaster. However, such arrangements SHOULD be narrowly tailored
|
|
so as to avoid blocking messages that are not part of such attacks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 61]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-62" id="page-62" href="#page-62" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.5.2">4.5.2</a>. Transparency</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
Without some provision for data transparency, the character sequence
|
|
"<CRLF>.<CRLF>" ends the mail text and cannot be sent by the user.
|
|
In general, users are not aware of such "forbidden" sequences. To
|
|
allow all user composed text to be transmitted transparently, the
|
|
following procedures are used:
|
|
|
|
o Before sending a line of mail text, the SMTP client checks the
|
|
first character of the line. If it is a period, one additional
|
|
period is inserted at the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
|
o When a line of mail text is received by the SMTP server, it checks
|
|
the line. If the line is composed of a single period, it is
|
|
treated as the end of mail indicator. If the first character is a
|
|
period and there are other characters on the line, the first
|
|
character is deleted.
|
|
|
|
The mail data may contain any of the 128 ASCII characters. All
|
|
characters are to be delivered to the recipient's mailbox, including
|
|
spaces, vertical and horizontal tabs, and other control characters.
|
|
If the transmission channel provides an 8-bit byte (octet) data
|
|
stream, the 7-bit ASCII codes are transmitted, right justified, in
|
|
the octets, with the high-order bits cleared to zero. See
|
|
<a href="#section-3.6">Section 3.6</a> for special treatment of these conditions in SMTP systems
|
|
serving a relay function.
|
|
|
|
In some systems, it may be necessary to transform the data as it is
|
|
received and stored. This may be necessary for hosts that use a
|
|
different character set than ASCII as their local character set, that
|
|
store data in records rather than strings, or which use special
|
|
character sequences as delimiters inside mailboxes. If such
|
|
transformations are necessary, they MUST be reversible, especially if
|
|
they are applied to mail being relayed.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.5.3">4.5.3</a>. Sizes and Timeouts</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.5.3.1">4.5.3.1</a>. Size Limits and Minimums</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
There are several objects that have required minimum/maximum sizes.
|
|
Every implementation MUST be able to receive objects of at least
|
|
these sizes. Objects larger than these sizes SHOULD be avoided when
|
|
possible. However, some Internet mail constructs such as encoded
|
|
X.400 addresses (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2156">RFC 2156</a> [<a href="#ref-35" title=""MIXER (Mime Internet X.400 Enhanced Relay): Mapping between X.400 and <a href="">35</a>]) will often require larger objects.
|
|
Clients MAY attempt to transmit these, but MUST be prepared for a
|
|
server to reject them if they cannot be handled by it. To the
|
|
maximum extent possible, implementation techniques that impose no
|
|
limits on the length of these objects should be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 62]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-63" id="page-63" href="#page-63" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensions to SMTP may involve the use of characters that occupy more
|
|
than a single octet each. This section therefore specifies lengths
|
|
in octets where absolute lengths, rather than character counts, are
|
|
intended.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.1">4.5.3.1.1</a>. Local-part</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a user name or other local-part is 64
|
|
octets.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.2">4.5.3.1.2</a>. Domain</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a domain name or number is 255 octets.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.3">4.5.3.1.3</a>. Path</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a reverse-path or forward-path is 256
|
|
octets (including the punctuation and element separators).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.4">4.5.3.1.4</a>. Command Line</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a command line including the command word
|
|
and the <CRLF> is 512 octets. SMTP extensions may be used to
|
|
increase this limit.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.5">4.5.3.1.5</a>. Reply Line</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a reply line including the reply code and
|
|
the <CRLF> is 512 octets. More information may be conveyed through
|
|
multiple-line replies.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.6">4.5.3.1.6</a>. Text Line</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a text line including the <CRLF> is 1000
|
|
octets (not counting the leading dot duplicated for transparency).
|
|
This number may be increased by the use of SMTP Service Extensions.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.7">4.5.3.1.7</a>. Message Content</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The maximum total length of a message content (including any message
|
|
header section as well as the message body) MUST BE at least 64K
|
|
octets. Since the introduction of Internet Standards for multimedia
|
|
mail (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">RFC 2045</a> [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies"">21</a>]), message lengths on the Internet have grown
|
|
dramatically, and message size restrictions should be avoided if at
|
|
all possible. SMTP server systems that must impose restrictions
|
|
SHOULD implement the "SIZE" service extension of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1870">RFC 1870</a> [<a href="#ref-10" title=""SMTP Service Extension for Message Size Declaration"">10</a>], and
|
|
SMTP client systems that will send large messages SHOULD utilize it
|
|
when possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 63]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-64" id="page-64" href="#page-64" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.8">4.5.3.1.8</a>. Recipients Buffer</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
The minimum total number of recipients that MUST be buffered is 100
|
|
recipients. Rejection of messages (for excessive recipients) with
|
|
fewer than 100 RCPT commands is a violation of this specification.
|
|
The general principle that relaying SMTP server MUST NOT, and
|
|
delivery SMTP servers SHOULD NOT, perform validation tests on message
|
|
header fields suggests that messages SHOULD NOT be rejected based on
|
|
the total number of recipients shown in header fields. A server that
|
|
imposes a limit on the number of recipients MUST behave in an orderly
|
|
fashion, such as rejecting additional addresses over its limit rather
|
|
than silently discarding addresses previously accepted. A client
|
|
that needs to deliver a message containing over 100 RCPT commands
|
|
SHOULD be prepared to transmit in 100-recipient "chunks" if the
|
|
server declines to accept more than 100 recipients in a single
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.9">4.5.3.1.9</a>. Treatment When Limits Exceeded</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
Errors due to exceeding these limits may be reported by using the
|
|
reply codes. Some examples of reply codes are:
|
|
|
|
500 Line too long.
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
501 Path too long
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
452 Too many recipients (see below)
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
552 Too much mail data.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.1.10">4.5.3.1.10</a>. Too Many Recipients Code</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> [<a href="#ref-1" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"">1</a>] incorrectly listed the error where an SMTP server
|
|
exhausts its implementation limit on the number of RCPT commands
|
|
("too many recipients") as having reply code 552. The correct reply
|
|
code for this condition is 452. Clients SHOULD treat a 552 code in
|
|
this case as a temporary, rather than permanent, failure so the logic
|
|
below works.
|
|
|
|
When a conforming SMTP server encounters this condition, it has at
|
|
least 100 successful RCPT commands in its recipients buffer. If the
|
|
server is able to accept the message, then at least these 100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 64]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-65" id="page-65" href="#page-65" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
addresses will be removed from the SMTP client's queue. When the
|
|
client attempts retransmission of those addresses that received 452
|
|
responses, at least 100 of these will be able to fit in the SMTP
|
|
server's recipients buffer. Each retransmission attempt that is able
|
|
to deliver anything will be able to dispose of at least 100 of these
|
|
recipients.
|
|
|
|
If an SMTP server has an implementation limit on the number of RCPT
|
|
commands and this limit is exhausted, it MUST use a response code of
|
|
452 (but the client SHOULD also be prepared for a 552, as noted
|
|
above). If the server has a configured site-policy limitation on the
|
|
number of RCPT commands, it MAY instead use a 5yz response code. In
|
|
particular, if the intent is to prohibit messages with more than a
|
|
site-specified number of recipients, rather than merely limit the
|
|
number of recipients in a given mail transaction, it would be
|
|
reasonable to return a 503 response to any DATA command received
|
|
subsequent to the 452 (or 552) code or to simply return the 503 after
|
|
DATA without returning any previous negative response.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.5.3.2">4.5.3.2</a>. Timeouts</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP client MUST provide a timeout mechanism. It MUST use per-
|
|
command timeouts rather than somehow trying to time the entire mail
|
|
transaction. Timeouts SHOULD be easily reconfigurable, preferably
|
|
without recompiling the SMTP code. To implement this, a timer is set
|
|
for each SMTP command and for each buffer of the data transfer. The
|
|
latter means that the overall timeout is inherently proportional to
|
|
the size of the message.
|
|
|
|
Based on extensive experience with busy mail-relay hosts, the minimum
|
|
per-command timeout values SHOULD be as follows:
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.1">4.5.3.2.1</a>. Initial 220 Message: 5 Minutes</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP client process needs to distinguish between a failed TCP
|
|
connection and a delay in receiving the initial 220 greeting message.
|
|
Many SMTP servers accept a TCP connection but delay delivery of the
|
|
220 message until their system load permits more mail to be
|
|
processed.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.2">4.5.3.2.2</a>. MAIL Command: 5 Minutes</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.3">4.5.3.2.3</a>. RCPT Command: 5 Minutes</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
A longer timeout is required if processing of mailing lists and
|
|
aliases is not deferred until after the message was accepted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 65]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-66" id="page-66" href="#page-66" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.4">4.5.3.2.4</a>. DATA Initiation: 2 Minutes</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
This is while awaiting the "354 Start Input" reply to a DATA command.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.5">4.5.3.2.5</a>. Data Block: 3 Minutes</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
This is while awaiting the completion of each TCP SEND call
|
|
transmitting a chunk of data.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.6">4.5.3.2.6</a>. DATA Termination: 10 Minutes.</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
This is while awaiting the "250 OK" reply. When the receiver gets
|
|
the final period terminating the message data, it typically performs
|
|
processing to deliver the message to a user mailbox. A spurious
|
|
timeout at this point would be very wasteful and would typically
|
|
result in delivery of multiple copies of the message, since it has
|
|
been successfully sent and the server has accepted responsibility for
|
|
delivery. See <a href="#section-6.1">Section 6.1</a> for additional discussion.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h6"><h6></h6><h6><a name="section-4.5.3.2.7">4.5.3.2.7</a>. Server Timeout: 5 Minutes.</h6></span>
|
|
|
|
An SMTP server SHOULD have a timeout of at least 5 minutes while it
|
|
is awaiting the next command from the sender.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.5.4">4.5.4</a>. Retry Strategies</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
The common structure of a host SMTP implementation includes user
|
|
mailboxes, one or more areas for queuing messages in transit, and one
|
|
or more daemon processes for sending and receiving mail. The exact
|
|
structure will vary depending on the needs of the users on the host
|
|
and the number and size of mailing lists supported by the host. We
|
|
describe several optimizations that have proved helpful, particularly
|
|
for mailers supporting high traffic levels.
|
|
|
|
Any queuing strategy MUST include timeouts on all activities on a
|
|
per-command basis. A queuing strategy MUST NOT send error messages
|
|
in response to error messages under any circumstances.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.5.4.1">4.5.4.1</a>. Sending Strategy</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
The general model for an SMTP client is one or more processes that
|
|
periodically attempt to transmit outgoing mail. In a typical system,
|
|
the program that composes a message has some method for requesting
|
|
immediate attention for a new piece of outgoing mail, while mail that
|
|
cannot be transmitted immediately MUST be queued and periodically
|
|
retried by the sender. A mail queue entry will include not only the
|
|
message itself but also the envelope information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 66]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-67" id="page-67" href="#page-67" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sender MUST delay retrying a particular destination after one
|
|
attempt has failed. In general, the retry interval SHOULD be at
|
|
least 30 minutes; however, more sophisticated and variable strategies
|
|
will be beneficial when the SMTP client can determine the reason for
|
|
non-delivery.
|
|
|
|
Retries continue until the message is transmitted or the sender gives
|
|
up; the give-up time generally needs to be at least 4-5 days. It MAY
|
|
be appropriate to set a shorter maximum number of retries for non-
|
|
delivery notifications and equivalent error messages than for
|
|
standard messages. The parameters to the retry algorithm MUST be
|
|
configurable.
|
|
|
|
A client SHOULD keep a list of hosts it cannot reach and
|
|
corresponding connection timeouts, rather than just retrying queued
|
|
mail items.
|
|
|
|
Experience suggests that failures are typically transient (the target
|
|
system or its connection has crashed), favoring a policy of two
|
|
connection attempts in the first hour the message is in the queue,
|
|
and then backing off to one every two or three hours.
|
|
|
|
The SMTP client can shorten the queuing delay in cooperation with the
|
|
SMTP server. For example, if mail is received from a particular
|
|
address, it is likely that mail queued for that host can now be sent.
|
|
Application of this principle may, in many cases, eliminate the
|
|
requirement for an explicit "send queues now" function such as ETRN,
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1985">RFC 1985</a> [<a href="#ref-36" title=""SMTP Service Extension for Remote Message Queue Starting"">36</a>].
|
|
|
|
The strategy may be further modified as a result of multiple
|
|
addresses per host (see below) to optimize delivery time versus
|
|
resource usage.
|
|
|
|
An SMTP client may have a large queue of messages for each
|
|
unavailable destination host. If all of these messages were retried
|
|
in every retry cycle, there would be excessive Internet overhead and
|
|
the sending system would be blocked for a long period. Note that an
|
|
SMTP client can generally determine that a delivery attempt has
|
|
failed only after a timeout of several minutes, and even a one-minute
|
|
timeout per connection will result in a very large delay if retries
|
|
are repeated for dozens, or even hundreds, of queued messages to the
|
|
same host.
|
|
|
|
At the same time, SMTP clients SHOULD use great care in caching
|
|
negative responses from servers. In an extreme case, if EHLO is
|
|
issued multiple times during the same SMTP connection, different
|
|
answers may be returned by the server. More significantly, 5yz
|
|
responses to the MAIL command MUST NOT be cached.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 67]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-68" id="page-68" href="#page-68" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a mail message is to be delivered to multiple recipients, and
|
|
the SMTP server to which a copy of the message is to be sent is the
|
|
same for multiple recipients, then only one copy of the message
|
|
SHOULD be transmitted. That is, the SMTP client SHOULD use the
|
|
command sequence: MAIL, RCPT, RCPT, ..., RCPT, DATA instead of the
|
|
sequence: MAIL, RCPT, DATA, ..., MAIL, RCPT, DATA. However, if there
|
|
are very many addresses, a limit on the number of RCPT commands per
|
|
MAIL command MAY be imposed. This efficiency feature SHOULD be
|
|
implemented.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, to achieve timely delivery, the SMTP client MAY support
|
|
multiple concurrent outgoing mail transactions. However, some limit
|
|
may be appropriate to protect the host from devoting all its
|
|
resources to mail.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h5"><h5></h5><h5><a name="section-4.5.4.2">4.5.4.2</a>. Receiving Strategy</h5></span>
|
|
|
|
The SMTP server SHOULD attempt to keep a pending listen on the SMTP
|
|
port (specified by IANA as port 25) at all times. This requires the
|
|
support of multiple incoming TCP connections for SMTP. Some limit
|
|
MAY be imposed, but servers that cannot handle more than one SMTP
|
|
transaction at a time are not in conformance with the intent of this
|
|
specification.
|
|
|
|
As discussed above, when the SMTP server receives mail from a
|
|
particular host address, it could activate its own SMTP queuing
|
|
mechanisms to retry any mail pending for that host address.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h4"><h4></h4><h4><a name="section-4.5.5">4.5.5</a>. Messages with a Null Reverse-Path</h4></span>
|
|
|
|
There are several types of notification messages that are required by
|
|
existing and proposed Standards to be sent with a null reverse-path,
|
|
namely non-delivery notifications as discussed in <a href="#section-3.7">Section 3.7</a>, other
|
|
kinds of Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3461">RFC 3461</a> [<a href="#ref-32" title=""Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Service Extension for Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs)"">32</a>]), and
|
|
Message Disposition Notifications (MDNs, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3798">RFC 3798</a> [<a href="#ref-37" title=""Message Disposition Notification"">37</a>]). All of
|
|
these kinds of messages are notifications about a previous message,
|
|
and they are sent to the reverse-path of the previous mail message.
|
|
(If the delivery of such a notification message fails, that usually
|
|
indicates a problem with the mail system of the host to which the
|
|
notification message is addressed. For this reason, at some hosts
|
|
the MTA is set up to forward such failed notification messages to
|
|
someone who is able to fix problems with the mail system, e.g., via
|
|
the postmaster alias.)
|
|
|
|
All other types of messages (i.e., any message which is not required
|
|
by a Standards-Track RFC to have a null reverse-path) SHOULD be sent
|
|
with a valid, non-null reverse-path.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 68]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-69" id="page-69" href="#page-69" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implementers of automated email processors should be careful to make
|
|
sure that the various kinds of messages with a null reverse-path are
|
|
handled correctly. In particular, such systems SHOULD NOT reply to
|
|
messages with a null reverse-path, and they SHOULD NOT add a non-null
|
|
reverse-path, or change a null reverse-path to a non-null one, to
|
|
such messages when forwarding.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-5">5</a>. Address Resolution and Mail Handling</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-5.1">5.1</a>. Locating the Target Host</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Once an SMTP client lexically identifies a domain to which mail will
|
|
be delivered for processing (as described in Sections 2.3.5 and 3.6),
|
|
a DNS lookup MUST be performed to resolve the domain name (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a>
|
|
[<a href="#ref-2" title=""Domain names - implementation and specification"">2</a>]). The names are expected to be fully-qualified domain names
|
|
(FQDNs): mechanisms for inferring FQDNs from partial names or local
|
|
aliases are outside of this specification. Due to a history of
|
|
problems, SMTP servers used for initial submission of messages SHOULD
|
|
NOT make such inferences (Message Submission Servers [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>] have
|
|
somewhat more flexibility) and intermediate (relay) SMTP servers MUST
|
|
NOT make them.
|
|
|
|
The lookup first attempts to locate an MX record associated with the
|
|
name. If a CNAME record is found, the resulting name is processed as
|
|
if it were the initial name. If a non-existent domain error is
|
|
returned, this situation MUST be reported as an error. If a
|
|
temporary error is returned, the message MUST be queued and retried
|
|
later (see <a href="#section-4.5.4.1">Section 4.5.4.1</a>). If an empty list of MXs is returned,
|
|
the address is treated as if it was associated with an implicit MX
|
|
RR, with a preference of 0, pointing to that host. If MX records are
|
|
present, but none of them are usable, or the implicit MX is unusable,
|
|
this situation MUST be reported as an error.
|
|
|
|
If one or more MX RRs are found for a given name, SMTP systems MUST
|
|
NOT utilize any address RRs associated with that name unless they are
|
|
located using the MX RRs; the "implicit MX" rule above applies only
|
|
if there are no MX records present. If MX records are present, but
|
|
none of them are usable, this situation MUST be reported as an error.
|
|
|
|
When a domain name associated with an MX RR is looked up and the
|
|
associated data field obtained, the data field of that response MUST
|
|
contain a domain name. That domain name, when queried, MUST return
|
|
at least one address record (e.g., A or AAAA RR) that gives the IP
|
|
address of the SMTP server to which the message should be directed.
|
|
Any other response, specifically including a value that will return a
|
|
CNAME record when queried, lies outside the scope of this Standard.
|
|
The prohibition on labels in the data that resolve to CNAMEs is
|
|
discussed in more detail in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2181#section-10.3">RFC 2181, Section 10.3</a> [<a href="#ref-38" title=""Clarifications to the DNS Specification"">38</a>].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 69]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-70" id="page-70" href="#page-70" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the lookup succeeds, the mapping can result in a list of
|
|
alternative delivery addresses rather than a single address, because
|
|
of multiple MX records, multihoming, or both. To provide reliable
|
|
mail transmission, the SMTP client MUST be able to try (and retry)
|
|
each of the relevant addresses in this list in order, until a
|
|
delivery attempt succeeds. However, there MAY also be a configurable
|
|
limit on the number of alternate addresses that can be tried. In any
|
|
case, the SMTP client SHOULD try at least two addresses.
|
|
|
|
Two types of information are used to rank the host addresses:
|
|
multiple MX records, and multihomed hosts.
|
|
|
|
MX records contain a preference indication that MUST be used in
|
|
sorting if more than one such record appears (see below). Lower
|
|
numbers are more preferred than higher ones. If there are multiple
|
|
destinations with the same preference and there is no clear reason to
|
|
favor one (e.g., by recognition of an easily reached address), then
|
|
the sender-SMTP MUST randomize them to spread the load across
|
|
multiple mail exchangers for a specific organization.
|
|
|
|
The destination host (perhaps taken from the preferred MX record) may
|
|
be multihomed, in which case the domain name resolver will return a
|
|
list of alternative IP addresses. It is the responsibility of the
|
|
domain name resolver interface to have ordered this list by
|
|
decreasing preference if necessary, and the SMTP sender MUST try them
|
|
in the order presented.
|
|
|
|
Although the capability to try multiple alternative addresses is
|
|
required, specific installations may want to limit or disable the use
|
|
of alternative addresses. The question of whether a sender should
|
|
attempt retries using the different addresses of a multihomed host
|
|
has been controversial. The main argument for using the multiple
|
|
addresses is that it maximizes the probability of timely delivery,
|
|
and indeed sometimes the probability of any delivery; the counter-
|
|
argument is that it may result in unnecessary resource use. Note
|
|
that resource use is also strongly determined by the sending strategy
|
|
discussed in <a href="#section-4.5.4.1">Section 4.5.4.1</a>.
|
|
|
|
If an SMTP server receives a message with a destination for which it
|
|
is a designated Mail eXchanger, it MAY relay the message (potentially
|
|
after having rewritten the MAIL FROM and/or RCPT TO addresses), make
|
|
final delivery of the message, or hand it off using some mechanism
|
|
outside the SMTP-provided transport environment. Of course, neither
|
|
of the latter require that the list of MX records be examined
|
|
further.
|
|
|
|
If it determines that it should relay the message without rewriting
|
|
the address, it MUST sort the MX records to determine candidates for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 70]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-71" id="page-71" href="#page-71" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
delivery. The records are first ordered by preference, with the
|
|
lowest-numbered records being most preferred. The relay host MUST
|
|
then inspect the list for any of the names or addresses by which it
|
|
might be known in mail transactions. If a matching record is found,
|
|
all records at that preference level and higher-numbered ones MUST be
|
|
discarded from consideration. If there are no records left at that
|
|
point, it is an error condition, and the message MUST be returned as
|
|
undeliverable. If records do remain, they SHOULD be tried, best
|
|
preference first, as described above.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-5.2">5.2</a>. IPv6 and MX Records</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
In the contemporary Internet, SMTP clients and servers may be hosted
|
|
on IPv4 systems, IPv6 systems, or dual-stack systems that are
|
|
compatible with either version of the Internet Protocol. The host
|
|
domains to which MX records point may, consequently, contain "A RR"s
|
|
(IPv4), "AAAA RR"s (IPv6), or any combination of them. While <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3974">RFC</a>
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3974">3974</a> [<a href="#ref-39" title=""SMTP Operational Experience in Mixed IPv4/v6 Environments"">39</a>] discusses some operational experience in mixed
|
|
environments, it was not comprehensive enough to justify
|
|
standardization, and some of its recommendations appear to be
|
|
inconsistent with this specification. The appropriate actions to be
|
|
taken either will depend on local circumstances, such as performance
|
|
of the relevant networks and any conversions that might be necessary,
|
|
or will be obvious (e.g., an IPv6-only client need not attempt to
|
|
look up A RRs or attempt to reach IPv4-only servers). Designers of
|
|
SMTP implementations that might run in IPv6 or dual-stack
|
|
environments should study the procedures above, especially the
|
|
comments about multihomed hosts, and, preferably, provide mechanisms
|
|
to facilitate operational tuning and mail interoperability between
|
|
IPv4 and IPv6 systems while considering local circumstances.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-6">6</a>. Problem Detection and Handling</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-6.1">6.1</a>. Reliable Delivery and Replies by Email</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
When the receiver-SMTP accepts a piece of mail (by sending a "250 OK"
|
|
message in response to DATA), it is accepting responsibility for
|
|
delivering or relaying the message. It must take this responsibility
|
|
seriously. It MUST NOT lose the message for frivolous reasons, such
|
|
as because the host later crashes or because of a predictable
|
|
resource shortage. Some reasons that are not considered frivolous
|
|
are discussed in the next subsection and in <a href="#section-7.8">Section 7.8</a>.
|
|
|
|
If there is a delivery failure after acceptance of a message, the
|
|
receiver-SMTP MUST formulate and mail a notification message. This
|
|
notification MUST be sent using a null ("<>") reverse-path in the
|
|
envelope. The recipient of this notification MUST be the address
|
|
from the envelope return path (or the Return-Path: line). However,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 71]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-72" id="page-72" href="#page-72" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
if this address is null ("<>"), the receiver-SMTP MUST NOT send a
|
|
notification. Obviously, nothing in this section can or should
|
|
prohibit local decisions (i.e., as part of the same system
|
|
environment as the receiver-SMTP) to log or otherwise transmit
|
|
information about null address events locally if that is desired. If
|
|
the address is an explicit source route, it MUST be stripped down to
|
|
its final hop.
|
|
|
|
For example, suppose that an error notification must be sent for a
|
|
message that arrived with:
|
|
|
|
MAIL FROM:<@a,@b:user@d>
|
|
|
|
The notification message MUST be sent using:
|
|
|
|
RCPT TO:<user@d>
|
|
|
|
Some delivery failures after the message is accepted by SMTP will be
|
|
unavoidable. For example, it may be impossible for the receiving
|
|
SMTP server to validate all the delivery addresses in RCPT command(s)
|
|
due to a "soft" domain system error, because the target is a mailing
|
|
list (see earlier discussion of RCPT), or because the server is
|
|
acting as a relay and has no immediate access to the delivering
|
|
system.
|
|
|
|
To avoid receiving duplicate messages as the result of timeouts, a
|
|
receiver-SMTP MUST seek to minimize the time required to respond to
|
|
the final <CRLF>.<CRLF> end of data indicator. See <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1047">RFC 1047</a> [<a href="#ref-40" title=""Duplicate messages and SMTP"">40</a>] for
|
|
a discussion of this problem.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-6.2">6.2</a>. Unwanted, Unsolicited, and "Attack" Messages</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Utility and predictability of the Internet mail system requires that
|
|
messages that can be delivered should be delivered, regardless of any
|
|
syntax or other faults associated with those messages and regardless
|
|
of their content. If they cannot be delivered, and cannot be
|
|
rejected by the SMTP server during the SMTP transaction, they should
|
|
be "bounced" (returned with non-delivery notification messages) as
|
|
described above. In today's world, in which many SMTP server
|
|
operators have discovered that the quantity of undesirable bulk email
|
|
vastly exceeds the quantity of desired mail and in which accepting a
|
|
message may trigger additional undesirable traffic by providing
|
|
verification of the address, those principles may not be practical.
|
|
|
|
As discussed in <a href="#section-7.8">Section 7.8</a> and <a href="#section-7.9">Section 7.9</a> below, dropping mail
|
|
without notification of the sender is permitted in practice.
|
|
However, it is extremely dangerous and violates a long tradition and
|
|
community expectations that mail is either delivered or returned. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 72]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-73" id="page-73" href="#page-73" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
silent message-dropping is misused, it could easily undermine
|
|
confidence in the reliability of the Internet's mail systems. So
|
|
silent dropping of messages should be considered only in those cases
|
|
where there is very high confidence that the messages are seriously
|
|
fraudulent or otherwise inappropriate.
|
|
|
|
To stretch the principle of delivery if possible even further, it may
|
|
be a rational policy to not deliver mail that has an invalid return
|
|
address, although the history of the network is that users are
|
|
typically better served by delivering any message that can be
|
|
delivered. Reliably determining that a return address is invalid can
|
|
be a difficult and time-consuming process, especially if the putative
|
|
sending system is not directly accessible or does not fully and
|
|
accurately support VRFY and, even if a "drop messages with invalid
|
|
return addresses" policy is adopted, it SHOULD be applied only when
|
|
there is near-certainty that the return addresses are, in fact,
|
|
invalid.
|
|
|
|
Conversely, if a message is rejected because it is found to contain
|
|
hostile content (a decision that is outside the scope of an SMTP
|
|
server as defined in this document), rejection ("bounce") messages
|
|
SHOULD NOT be sent unless the receiving site is confident that those
|
|
messages will be usefully delivered. The preference and default in
|
|
these cases is to avoid sending non-delivery messages when the
|
|
incoming message is determined to contain hostile content.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-6.3">6.3</a>. Loop Detection</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Simple counting of the number of "Received:" header fields in a
|
|
message has proven to be an effective, although rarely optimal,
|
|
method of detecting loops in mail systems. SMTP servers using this
|
|
technique SHOULD use a large rejection threshold, normally at least
|
|
100 Received entries. Whatever mechanisms are used, servers MUST
|
|
contain provisions for detecting and stopping trivial loops.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-6.4">6.4</a>. Compensating for Irregularities</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately, variations, creative interpretations, and outright
|
|
violations of Internet mail protocols do occur; some would suggest
|
|
that they occur quite frequently. The debate as to whether a well-
|
|
behaved SMTP receiver or relay should reject a malformed message,
|
|
attempt to pass it on unchanged, or attempt to repair it to increase
|
|
the odds of successful delivery (or subsequent reply) began almost
|
|
with the dawn of structured network mail and shows no signs of
|
|
abating. Advocates of rejection claim that attempted repairs are
|
|
rarely completely adequate and that rejection of bad messages is the
|
|
only way to get the offending software repaired. Advocates of
|
|
"repair" or "deliver no matter what" argue that users prefer that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 73]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-74" id="page-74" href="#page-74" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
mail go through it if at all possible and that there are significant
|
|
market pressures in that direction. In practice, these market
|
|
pressures may be more important to particular vendors than strict
|
|
conformance to the standards, regardless of the preference of the
|
|
actual developers.
|
|
|
|
The problems associated with ill-formed messages were exacerbated by
|
|
the introduction of the split-UA mail reading protocols (Post Office
|
|
Protocol (POP) version 2 [<a href="#ref-15" title=""Post Office Protocol: Version 2"">15</a>], Post Office Protocol (POP) version 3
|
|
[<a href="#ref-16" title=""Post Office Protocol - Version 3"">16</a>], IMAP version 2 [<a href="#ref-41" title=""Interactive Mail Access Protocol: Version 2"">41</a>], and PCMAIL [<a href="#ref-42" title=""PCMAIL: A distributed mail system for personal computers"">42</a>]). These protocols
|
|
encouraged the use of SMTP as a posting (message submission)
|
|
protocol, and SMTP servers as relay systems for these client hosts
|
|
(which are often only intermittently connected to the Internet).
|
|
Historically, many of those client machines lacked some of the
|
|
mechanisms and information assumed by SMTP (and indeed, by the mail
|
|
format protocol, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> [<a href="#ref-28" title=""Standard for the format of ARPA Internet text messages"">28</a>]). Some could not keep adequate track
|
|
of time; others had no concept of time zones; still others could not
|
|
identify their own names or addresses; and, of course, none could
|
|
satisfy the assumptions that underlay <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a>'s conception of
|
|
authenticated addresses.
|
|
|
|
In response to these weak SMTP clients, many SMTP systems now
|
|
complete messages that are delivered to them in incomplete or
|
|
incorrect form. This strategy is generally considered appropriate
|
|
when the server can identify or authenticate the client, and there
|
|
are prior agreements between them. By contrast, there is at best
|
|
great concern about fixes applied by a relay or delivery SMTP server
|
|
that has little or no knowledge of the user or client machine. Many
|
|
of these issues are addressed by using a separate protocol, such as
|
|
that defined in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a> [<a href="#ref-18" title=""Message Submission for Mail"">18</a>], for message submission, rather than
|
|
using originating SMTP servers for that purpose.
|
|
|
|
The following changes to a message being processed MAY be applied
|
|
when necessary by an originating SMTP server, or one used as the
|
|
target of SMTP as an initial posting (message submission) protocol:
|
|
|
|
o Addition of a message-id field when none appears
|
|
|
|
o Addition of a date, time, or time zone when none appears
|
|
|
|
o Correction of addresses to proper FQDN format
|
|
|
|
The less information the server has about the client, the less likely
|
|
these changes are to be correct and the more caution and conservatism
|
|
should be applied when considering whether or not to perform fixes
|
|
and how. These changes MUST NOT be applied by an SMTP server that
|
|
provides an intermediate relay function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 74]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-75" id="page-75" href="#page-75" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
In all cases, properly operating clients supplying correct
|
|
information are preferred to corrections by the SMTP server. In all
|
|
cases, documentation SHOULD be provided in trace header fields and/or
|
|
header field comments for actions performed by the servers.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-7">7</a>. Security Considerations</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.1">7.1</a>. Mail Security and Spoofing</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
SMTP mail is inherently insecure in that it is feasible for even
|
|
fairly casual users to negotiate directly with receiving and relaying
|
|
SMTP servers and create messages that will trick a naive recipient
|
|
into believing that they came from somewhere else. Constructing such
|
|
a message so that the "spoofed" behavior cannot be detected by an
|
|
expert is somewhat more difficult, but not sufficiently so as to be a
|
|
deterrent to someone who is determined and knowledgeable.
|
|
Consequently, as knowledge of Internet mail increases, so does the
|
|
knowledge that SMTP mail inherently cannot be authenticated, or
|
|
integrity checks provided, at the transport level. Real mail
|
|
security lies only in end-to-end methods involving the message
|
|
bodies, such as those that use digital signatures (see <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1847">RFC 1847</a> [<a href="#ref-43" title=""Security Multiparts for MIME: Multipart/Signed and Multipart/Encrypted"">43</a>]
|
|
and, e.g., Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4880">RFC 4880</a> [<a href="#ref-44" title=""OpenPGP Message Format"">44</a>] or Secure/
|
|
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3851">RFC 3851</a> [<a href="#ref-45" title=""Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) Version 3.1 Message Specification"">45</a>]).
|
|
|
|
Various protocol extensions and configuration options that provide
|
|
authentication at the transport level (e.g., from an SMTP client to
|
|
an SMTP server) improve somewhat on the traditional situation
|
|
described above. However, in general, they only authenticate one
|
|
server to another rather than a chain of relays and servers, much
|
|
less authenticating users or user machines. Consequently, unless
|
|
they are accompanied by careful handoffs of responsibility in a
|
|
carefully designed trust environment, they remain inherently weaker
|
|
than end-to-end mechanisms that use digitally signed messages rather
|
|
than depending on the integrity of the transport system.
|
|
|
|
Efforts to make it more difficult for users to set envelope return
|
|
path and header "From" fields to point to valid addresses other than
|
|
their own are largely misguided: they frustrate legitimate
|
|
applications in which mail is sent by one user on behalf of another,
|
|
in which error (or normal) replies should be directed to a special
|
|
address, or in which a single message is sent to multiple recipients
|
|
on different hosts. (Systems that provide convenient ways for users
|
|
to alter these header fields on a per-message basis should attempt to
|
|
establish a primary and permanent mailbox address for the user so
|
|
that Sender header fields within the message data can be generated
|
|
sensibly.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 75]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-76" id="page-76" href="#page-76" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
This specification does not further address the authentication issues
|
|
associated with SMTP other than to advocate that useful functionality
|
|
not be disabled in the hope of providing some small margin of
|
|
protection against a user who is trying to fake mail.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.2">7.2</a>. "Blind" Copies</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Addresses that do not appear in the message header section may appear
|
|
in the RCPT commands to an SMTP server for a number of reasons. The
|
|
two most common involve the use of a mailing address as a "list
|
|
exploder" (a single address that resolves into multiple addresses)
|
|
and the appearance of "blind copies". Especially when more than one
|
|
RCPT command is present, and in order to avoid defeating some of the
|
|
purpose of these mechanisms, SMTP clients and servers SHOULD NOT copy
|
|
the full set of RCPT command arguments into the header section,
|
|
either as part of trace header fields or as informational or private-
|
|
extension header fields. Since this rule is often violated in
|
|
practice, and cannot be enforced, sending SMTP systems that are aware
|
|
of "bcc" use MAY find it helpful to send each blind copy as a
|
|
separate message transaction containing only a single RCPT command.
|
|
|
|
There is no inherent relationship between either "reverse" (from
|
|
MAIL, SAML, etc., commands) or "forward" (RCPT) addresses in the SMTP
|
|
transaction ("envelope") and the addresses in the header section.
|
|
Receiving systems SHOULD NOT attempt to deduce such relationships and
|
|
use them to alter the header section of the message for delivery.
|
|
The popular "Apparently-to" header field is a violation of this
|
|
principle as well as a common source of unintended information
|
|
disclosure and SHOULD NOT be used.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.3">7.3</a>. VRFY, EXPN, and Security</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
As discussed in <a href="#section-3.5">Section 3.5</a>, individual sites may want to disable
|
|
either or both of VRFY or EXPN for security reasons (see below). As
|
|
a corollary to the above, implementations that permit this MUST NOT
|
|
appear to have verified addresses that are not, in fact, verified.
|
|
If a site disables these commands for security reasons, the SMTP
|
|
server MUST return a 252 response, rather than a code that could be
|
|
confused with successful or unsuccessful verification.
|
|
|
|
Returning a 250 reply code with the address listed in the VRFY
|
|
command after having checked it only for syntax violates this rule.
|
|
Of course, an implementation that "supports" VRFY by always returning
|
|
550 whether or not the address is valid is equally not in
|
|
conformance.
|
|
|
|
On the public Internet, the contents of mailing lists have become
|
|
popular as an address information source for so-called "spammers."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 76]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-77" id="page-77" href="#page-77" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The use of EXPN to "harvest" addresses has increased as list
|
|
administrators have installed protections against inappropriate uses
|
|
of the lists themselves. However, VRFY and EXPN are still useful for
|
|
authenticated users and within an administrative domain. For
|
|
example, VRFY and EXPN are useful for performing internal audits of
|
|
how email gets routed to check and to make sure no one is
|
|
automatically forwarding sensitive mail outside the organization.
|
|
Sites implementing SMTP authentication may choose to make VRFY and
|
|
EXPN available only to authenticated requestors. Implementations
|
|
SHOULD still provide support for EXPN, but sites SHOULD carefully
|
|
evaluate the tradeoffs.
|
|
|
|
Whether disabling VRFY provides any real marginal security depends on
|
|
a series of other conditions. In many cases, RCPT commands can be
|
|
used to obtain the same information about address validity. On the
|
|
other hand, especially in situations where determination of address
|
|
validity for RCPT commands is deferred until after the DATA command
|
|
is received, RCPT may return no information at all, while VRFY is
|
|
expected to make a serious attempt to determine validity before
|
|
generating a response code (see discussion above).
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.4">7.4</a>. Mail Rerouting Based on the 251 and 551 Response Codes</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
Before a client uses the 251 or 551 reply codes from a RCPT command
|
|
to automatically update its future behavior (e.g., updating the
|
|
user's address book), it should be certain of the server's
|
|
authenticity. If it does not, it may be subject to a man in the
|
|
middle attack.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.5">7.5</a>. Information Disclosure in Announcements</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
There has been an ongoing debate about the tradeoffs between the
|
|
debugging advantages of announcing server type and version (and,
|
|
sometimes, even server domain name) in the greeting response or in
|
|
response to the HELP command and the disadvantages of exposing
|
|
information that might be useful in a potential hostile attack. The
|
|
utility of the debugging information is beyond doubt. Those who
|
|
argue for making it available point out that it is far better to
|
|
actually secure an SMTP server rather than hope that trying to
|
|
conceal known vulnerabilities by hiding the server's precise identity
|
|
will provide more protection. Sites are encouraged to evaluate the
|
|
tradeoff with that issue in mind; implementations SHOULD minimally
|
|
provide for making type and version information available in some way
|
|
to other network hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 77]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-78" id="page-78" href="#page-78" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.6">7.6</a>. Information Disclosure in Trace Fields</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
In some circumstances, such as when mail originates from within a LAN
|
|
whose hosts are not directly on the public Internet, trace
|
|
("Received") header fields produced in conformance with this
|
|
specification may disclose host names and similar information that
|
|
would not normally be available. This ordinarily does not pose a
|
|
problem, but sites with special concerns about name disclosure should
|
|
be aware of it. Also, the optional FOR clause should be supplied
|
|
with caution or not at all when multiple recipients are involved lest
|
|
it inadvertently disclose the identities of "blind copy" recipients
|
|
to others.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.7">7.7</a>. Information Disclosure in Message Forwarding</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
As discussed in <a href="#section-3.4">Section 3.4</a>, use of the 251 or 551 reply codes to
|
|
identify the replacement address associated with a mailbox may
|
|
inadvertently disclose sensitive information. Sites that are
|
|
concerned about those issues should ensure that they select and
|
|
configure servers appropriately.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.8">7.8</a>. Resistance to Attacks</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
In recent years, there has been an increase of attacks on SMTP
|
|
servers, either in conjunction with attempts to discover addresses
|
|
for sending unsolicited messages or simply to make the servers
|
|
inaccessible to others (i.e., as an application-level denial of
|
|
service attack). While the means of doing so are beyond the scope of
|
|
this Standard, rational operational behavior requires that servers be
|
|
permitted to detect such attacks and take action to defend
|
|
themselves. For example, if a server determines that a large number
|
|
of RCPT TO commands are being sent, most or all with invalid
|
|
addresses, as part of such an attack, it would be reasonable for the
|
|
server to close the connection after generating an appropriate number
|
|
of 5yz (normally 550) replies.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-7.9">7.9</a>. Scope of Operation of SMTP Servers</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
It is a well-established principle that an SMTP server may refuse to
|
|
accept mail for any operational or technical reason that makes sense
|
|
to the site providing the server. However, cooperation among sites
|
|
and installations makes the Internet possible. If sites take
|
|
excessive advantage of the right to reject traffic, the ubiquity of
|
|
email availability (one of the strengths of the Internet) will be
|
|
threatened; considerable care should be taken and balance maintained
|
|
if a site decides to be selective about the traffic it will accept
|
|
and process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 78]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-79" id="page-79" href="#page-79" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
In recent years, use of the relay function through arbitrary sites
|
|
has been used as part of hostile efforts to hide the actual origins
|
|
of mail. Some sites have decided to limit the use of the relay
|
|
function to known or identifiable sources, and implementations SHOULD
|
|
provide the capability to perform this type of filtering. When mail
|
|
is rejected for these or other policy reasons, a 550 code SHOULD be
|
|
used in response to EHLO (or HELO), MAIL, or RCPT as appropriate.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-8">8</a>. IANA Considerations</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
IANA maintains three registries in support of this specification, all
|
|
of which were created for <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a> or earlier. This document expands
|
|
the third one as specified below. The registry references listed are
|
|
as of the time of publication; IANA does not guarantee the locations
|
|
associated with the URLs. The registries are as follows:
|
|
|
|
o The first, "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Service
|
|
Extensions" [<a href="#ref-46" title=""IANA Mail Parameters"">46</a>], consists of SMTP service extensions with the
|
|
associated keywords, and, as needed, parameters and verbs. As
|
|
specified in <a href="#section-2.2.2">Section 2.2.2</a>, no entry may be made in this registry
|
|
that starts in an "X". Entries may be made only for service
|
|
extensions (and associated keywords, parameters, or verbs) that
|
|
are defined in Standards-Track or Experimental RFCs specifically
|
|
approved by the IESG for this purpose.
|
|
|
|
o The second registry, "Address Literal Tags" [<a href="#ref-47" title=""Address Literal Tags"">47</a>], consists of
|
|
"tags" that identify forms of domain literals other than those for
|
|
IPv4 addresses (specified in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> and in this document). The
|
|
initial entry in that registry is for IPv6 addresses (specified in
|
|
this document). Additional literal types require standardization
|
|
before being used; none are anticipated at this time.
|
|
|
|
o The third, "Mail Transmission Types" [<a href="#ref-46" title=""IANA Mail Parameters"">46</a>], established by <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>
|
|
and renewed by this specification, is a registry of link and
|
|
protocol identifiers to be used with the "via" and "with"
|
|
subclauses of the time stamp ("Received:" header field) described
|
|
in <a href="#section-4.4">Section 4.4</a>. Link and protocol identifiers in addition to
|
|
those specified in this document may be registered only by
|
|
standardization or by way of an RFC-documented, IESG-approved,
|
|
Experimental protocol extension. This name space is for
|
|
identification and not limited in size: the IESG is encouraged to
|
|
approve on the basis of clear documentation and a distinct method
|
|
rather than preferences about the properties of the method itself.
|
|
|
|
An additional subsection has been added to the "VIA link types"
|
|
and "WITH protocol types" subsections of this registry to contain
|
|
registrations of "Additional-registered-clauses" as described
|
|
above. The registry will contain clause names, a description, a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 79]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-80" id="page-80" href="#page-80" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
summary of the syntax of the associated String, and a reference.
|
|
As new clauses are defined, they may, in principle, specify
|
|
creation of their own registries if the Strings consist of
|
|
reserved terms or keywords rather than less restricted strings.
|
|
As with link and protocol identifiers, additional clauses may be
|
|
registered only by standardization or by way of an RFC-documented,
|
|
IESG-approved, Experimental protocol extension. The additional
|
|
clause name space is for identification and is not limited in
|
|
size: the IESG is encouraged to approve on the basis of clear
|
|
documentation, actual use or strong signs that the clause will be
|
|
used, and a distinct requirement rather than preferences about the
|
|
properties of the clause itself.
|
|
|
|
In addition, if additional trace header fields (i.e., in addition to
|
|
Return-path and Received) are ever created, those trace fields MUST
|
|
be added to the IANA registry established by <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp90">BCP 90</a> (<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3864">RFC 3864</a>) [<a href="#ref-11" title=""Registration Procedures for Message Header Fields"">11</a>]
|
|
for use with <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a> [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>].
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-9">9</a>. Acknowledgments</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
Many people contributed to the development of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a>. That
|
|
document should be consulted for those acknowledgments. For the
|
|
present document, the editor and the community owe thanks to Dawn
|
|
Mann and Tony Hansen who assisted in the very painful process of
|
|
editing and converting the internal format of the document from one
|
|
system to another.
|
|
|
|
Neither this document nor <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a> would have been possible without
|
|
the many contribution and insights of the late Jon Postel. Those
|
|
contributions of course include the original specification of SMTP in
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>. A considerable quantity of text from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> still appears
|
|
in this document as do several of Jon's original examples that have
|
|
been updated only as needed to reflect other changes in the
|
|
specification.
|
|
|
|
Many people made comments or suggestions on the mailing list or in
|
|
notes to the author. Important corrections or clarifications were
|
|
suggested by several people, including Matti Aarnio, Glenn Anderson,
|
|
Derek J. Balling, Alex van den Bogaerdt, Stephane Bortzmeyer, Vint
|
|
Cerf, Jutta Degener, Steve Dorner, Lisa Dusseault, Frank Ellerman,
|
|
Ned Freed, Randy Gellens, Sabahattin Gucukoglu, Philip Guenther, Arnt
|
|
Gulbrandsen, Eric Hall, Richard O. Hammer, Tony Hansen, Peter J.
|
|
Holzer, Kari Hurtta, Bryon Roche Kain, Valdis Kletnieks, Mathias
|
|
Koerber, John Leslie, Bruce Lilly, Jeff Macdonald, Mark E. Mallett,
|
|
Mark Martinec, S. Moonesamy, Lyndon Nerenberg, Chris Newman, Douglas
|
|
Otis, Pete Resnick, Robert A. Rosenberg, Vince Sabio, Hector Santos,
|
|
David F. Skoll, Paul Smith, and Brett Watson.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 80]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-81" id="page-81" href="#page-81" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The efforts of the Area Directors -- Lisa Dusseault, Ted Hardie, and
|
|
Chris Newman -- to get this effort restarted and keep it moving, and
|
|
of an ad hoc committee with the same purpose, are gratefully
|
|
acknowledged. The members of that committee were (in alphabetical
|
|
order) Dave Crocker, Cyrus Daboo, Tony Finch, Ned Freed, Randall
|
|
Gellens, Tony Hansen, the author, and Alexey Melnikov. Tony Hansen
|
|
also acted as ad hoc chair on the mailing list reviewing this
|
|
document; without his efforts, sense of balance and fairness, and
|
|
patience, it clearly would not have been possible.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="section-10">10</a>. References</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-10.1">10.1</a>. Normative References</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-1" id="ref-1">1</a>] Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>,
|
|
August 1982.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-2" id="ref-2">2</a>] Mockapetris, P., "Domain names - implementation and
|
|
specification", STD 13, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035">RFC 1035</a>, November 1987.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-3" id="ref-3">3</a>] Braden, R., "Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and
|
|
Support", STD 3, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a>, October 1989.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-4" id="ref-4">4</a>] Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322">RFC 5322</a>, October 2008.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-5" id="ref-5">5</a>] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
|
|
Levels", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp14">BCP 14</a>, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119">RFC 2119</a>, March 1997.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-6" id="ref-6">6</a>] American National Standards Institute (formerly United States
|
|
of America Standards Institute), "USA Code for Information
|
|
Interchange", ANSI X3.4-1968, 1968.
|
|
|
|
ANSI X3.4-1968 has been replaced by newer versions with slight
|
|
modifications, but the 1968 version remains definitive for the
|
|
Internet.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-7" id="ref-7">7</a>] Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
|
|
Specifications: ABNF", STD 68, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234">RFC 5234</a>, January 2008.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-8" id="ref-8">8</a>] Hinden, R. and S. Deering, "IP Version 6 Addressing
|
|
Architecture", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291">RFC 4291</a>, February 2006.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-9" id="ref-9">9</a>] Newman, C., "ESMTP and LMTP Transmission Types Registration",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3848">RFC 3848</a>, July 2004.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-10" id="ref-10">10</a>] Klensin, J., Freed, N., and K. Moore, "SMTP Service Extension
|
|
for Message Size Declaration", STD 10, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1870">RFC 1870</a>, November 1995.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 81]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-82" id="page-82" href="#page-82" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-11" id="ref-11">11</a>] Klyne, G., Nottingham, M., and J. Mogul, "Registration
|
|
Procedures for Message Header Fields", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp90">BCP 90</a>, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3864">RFC 3864</a>,
|
|
September 2004.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h3"><h3></h3><h3><a name="section-10.2">10.2</a>. Informative References</h3></span>
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-12" id="ref-12">12</a>] Partridge, C., "Mail routing and the domain system", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc974">RFC 974</a>,
|
|
January 1986.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-13" id="ref-13">13</a>] Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E., and D.
|
|
Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", STD 10, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1869">RFC 1869</a>,
|
|
November 1995.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-14" id="ref-14">14</a>] Klensin, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2821">RFC 2821</a>,
|
|
April 2001.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-15" id="ref-15">15</a>] Butler, M., Postel, J., Chase, D., Goldberger, J., and J.
|
|
Reynolds, "Post Office Protocol: Version 2", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc937">RFC 937</a>,
|
|
February 1985.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-16" id="ref-16">16</a>] Myers, J. and M. Rose, "Post Office Protocol - Version 3",
|
|
STD 53, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1939">RFC 1939</a>, May 1996.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-17" id="ref-17">17</a>] Crispin, M., "INTERNET MESSAGE ACCESS PROTOCOL - VERSION
|
|
4rev1", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3501">RFC 3501</a>, March 2003.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-18" id="ref-18">18</a>] Gellens, R. and J. Klensin, "Message Submission for Mail",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4409">RFC 4409</a>, April 2006.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-19" id="ref-19">19</a>] Freed, N., "SMTP Service Extension for Command Pipelining",
|
|
STD 60, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2920">RFC 2920</a>, September 2000.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-20" id="ref-20">20</a>] Vaudreuil, G., "SMTP Service Extensions for Transmission of
|
|
Large and Binary MIME Messages", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3030">RFC 3030</a>, December 2000.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-21" id="ref-21">21</a>] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
|
|
Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045">RFC 2045</a>, November 1996.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-22" id="ref-22">22</a>] Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E., and D.
|
|
Crocker, "SMTP Service Extension for 8bit-MIMEtransport",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1652">RFC 1652</a>, July 1994.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-23" id="ref-23">23</a>] Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part
|
|
Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2047">RFC 2047</a>,
|
|
November 1996.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 82]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-83" id="page-83" href="#page-83" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-24" id="ref-24">24</a>] Freed, N. and K. Moore, "MIME Parameter Value and Encoded Word
|
|
Extensions: Character Sets, Languages, and Continuations",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2231">RFC 2231</a>, November 1997.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-25" id="ref-25">25</a>] Vaudreuil, G., "Enhanced Mail System Status Codes", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463">RFC 3463</a>,
|
|
January 2003.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-26" id="ref-26">26</a>] Hansen, T. and J. Klensin, "A Registry for SMTP Enhanced Mail
|
|
System Status Codes", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp138">BCP 138</a>, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5248">RFC 5248</a>, June 2008.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-27" id="ref-27">27</a>] Freed, N., "Behavior of and Requirements for Internet
|
|
Firewalls", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2979">RFC 2979</a>, October 2000.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-28" id="ref-28">28</a>] Crocker, D., "Standard for the format of ARPA Internet text
|
|
messages", STD 11, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a>, August 1982.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-29" id="ref-29">29</a>] Wong, M. and W. Schlitt, "Sender Policy Framework (SPF) for
|
|
Authorizing Use of Domains in E-Mail, Version 1", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4408">RFC 4408</a>,
|
|
April 2006.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-30" id="ref-30">30</a>] Fenton, J., "Analysis of Threats Motivating DomainKeys
|
|
Identified Mail (DKIM)", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4686">RFC 4686</a>, September 2006.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-31" id="ref-31">31</a>] Allman, E., Callas, J., Delany, M., Libbey, M., Fenton, J., and
|
|
M. Thomas, "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) Signatures",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4871">RFC 4871</a>, May 2007.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-32" id="ref-32">32</a>] Moore, K., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Service
|
|
Extension for Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs)", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3461">RFC 3461</a>,
|
|
January 2003.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-33" id="ref-33">33</a>] Moore, K. and G. Vaudreuil, "An Extensible Message Format for
|
|
Delivery Status Notifications", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3464">RFC 3464</a>, January 2003.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-34" id="ref-34">34</a>] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "File Transfer Protocol", STD 9,
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc959">RFC 959</a>, October 1985.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-35" id="ref-35">35</a>] Kille, S., "MIXER (Mime Internet X.400 Enhanced Relay): Mapping
|
|
between X.400 and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a>/MIME", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2156">RFC 2156</a>, January 1998.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-36" id="ref-36">36</a>] De Winter, J., "SMTP Service Extension for Remote Message Queue
|
|
Starting", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1985">RFC 1985</a>, August 1996.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-37" id="ref-37">37</a>] Hansen, T. and G. Vaudreuil, "Message Disposition
|
|
Notification", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3798">RFC 3798</a>, May 2004.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-38" id="ref-38">38</a>] Elz, R. and R. Bush, "Clarifications to the DNS Specification",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2181">RFC 2181</a>, July 1997.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 83]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-84" id="page-84" href="#page-84" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-39" id="ref-39">39</a>] Nakamura, M. and J. Hagino, "SMTP Operational Experience in
|
|
Mixed IPv4/v6 Environments", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3974">RFC 3974</a>, January 2005.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-40" id="ref-40">40</a>] Partridge, C., "Duplicate messages and SMTP", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1047">RFC 1047</a>,
|
|
February 1988.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-41" id="ref-41">41</a>] Crispin, M., "Interactive Mail Access Protocol: Version 2",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1176">RFC 1176</a>, August 1990.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-42" id="ref-42">42</a>] Lambert, M., "PCMAIL: A distributed mail system for personal
|
|
computers", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1056">RFC 1056</a>, June 1988.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-43" id="ref-43">43</a>] Galvin, J., Murphy, S., Crocker, S., and N. Freed, "Security
|
|
Multiparts for MIME: Multipart/Signed and Multipart/Encrypted",
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1847">RFC 1847</a>, October 1995.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-44" id="ref-44">44</a>] Callas, J., Donnerhacke, L., Finney, H., Shaw, D., and R.
|
|
Thayer, "OpenPGP Message Format", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4880">RFC 4880</a>, November 2007.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-45" id="ref-45">45</a>] Ramsdell, B., "Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
|
|
(S/MIME) Version 3.1 Message Specification", <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3851">RFC 3851</a>,
|
|
July 2004.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-46" id="ref-46">46</a>] Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA), "IANA Mail
|
|
Parameters", 2007,
|
|
<<a href="http://www.iana.org/assignments/mail-parameters">http://www.iana.org/assignments/mail-parameters</a>>.
|
|
|
|
[<a name="ref-47" id="ref-47">47</a>] Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA), "Address Literal
|
|
Tags", 2007,
|
|
<<a href="http://www.iana.org/assignments/address-literal-tags">http://www.iana.org/assignments/address-literal-tags</a>>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 84]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-85" id="page-85" href="#page-85" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-A">Appendix A</a>. TCP Transport Service</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
The TCP connection supports the transmission of 8-bit bytes. The
|
|
SMTP data is 7-bit ASCII characters. Each character is transmitted
|
|
as an 8-bit byte with the high-order bit cleared to zero. Service
|
|
extensions may modify this rule to permit transmission of full 8-bit
|
|
data bytes as part of the message body, or, if specifically designed
|
|
to do so, in SMTP commands or responses.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-B">Appendix B</a>. Generating SMTP Commands from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> Header Fields</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
Some systems use an <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> header section (only) in a mail
|
|
submission protocol, or otherwise generate SMTP commands from <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a>
|
|
header fields when such a message is handed to an MTA from a UA.
|
|
While the MTA-UA protocol is a private matter, not covered by any
|
|
Internet Standard, there are problems with this approach. For
|
|
example, there have been repeated problems with proper handling of
|
|
"bcc" copies and redistribution lists when information that
|
|
conceptually belongs to the mail envelope is not separated early in
|
|
processing from header field information (and kept separate).
|
|
|
|
It is recommended that the UA provide its initial ("submission
|
|
client") MTA with an envelope separate from the message itself.
|
|
However, if the envelope is not supplied, SMTP commands SHOULD be
|
|
generated as follows:
|
|
|
|
1. Each recipient address from a TO, CC, or BCC header field SHOULD
|
|
be copied to a RCPT command (generating multiple message copies
|
|
if that is required for queuing or delivery). This includes any
|
|
addresses listed in a <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> "group". Any BCC header fields
|
|
SHOULD then be removed from the header section. Once this
|
|
process is completed, the remaining header fields SHOULD be
|
|
checked to verify that at least one TO, CC, or BCC header field
|
|
remains. If none do, then a BCC header field with no additional
|
|
information SHOULD be inserted as specified in [<a href="#ref-4" title=""Internet Message Format"">4</a>].
|
|
|
|
2. The return address in the MAIL command SHOULD, if possible, be
|
|
derived from the system's identity for the submitting (local)
|
|
user, and the "From:" header field otherwise. If there is a
|
|
system identity available, it SHOULD also be copied to the Sender
|
|
header field if it is different from the address in the From
|
|
header field. (Any Sender header field that was already there
|
|
SHOULD be removed.) Systems may provide a way for submitters to
|
|
override the envelope return address, but may want to restrict
|
|
its use to privileged users. This will not prevent mail forgery,
|
|
but may lessen its incidence; see <a href="#section-7.1">Section 7.1</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 85]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-86" id="page-86" href="#page-86" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
When an MTA is being used in this way, it bears responsibility for
|
|
ensuring that the message being transmitted is valid. The mechanisms
|
|
for checking that validity, and for handling (or returning) messages
|
|
that are not valid at the time of arrival, are part of the MUA-MTA
|
|
interface and not covered by this specification.
|
|
|
|
A submission protocol based on Standard <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc822">RFC 822</a> information alone
|
|
MUST NOT be used to gateway a message from a foreign (non-SMTP) mail
|
|
system into an SMTP environment. Additional information to construct
|
|
an envelope must come from some source in the other environment,
|
|
whether supplemental header fields or the foreign system's envelope.
|
|
|
|
Attempts to gateway messages using only their header "To" and "Cc"
|
|
fields have repeatedly caused mail loops and other behavior adverse
|
|
to the proper functioning of the Internet mail environment. These
|
|
problems have been especially common when the message originates from
|
|
an Internet mailing list and is distributed into the foreign
|
|
environment using envelope information. When these messages are then
|
|
processed by a header-section-only remailer, loops back to the
|
|
Internet environment (and the mailing list) are almost inevitable.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-C">Appendix C</a>. Source Routes</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
Historically, the <reverse-path> was a reverse source routing list of
|
|
hosts and a source mailbox. The first host in the <reverse-path> was
|
|
historically the host sending the MAIL command; today, source routes
|
|
SHOULD NOT appear in the reverse-path. Similarly, the <forward-path>
|
|
may be a source routing lists of hosts and a destination mailbox.
|
|
However, in general, the <forward-path> SHOULD contain only a mailbox
|
|
and domain name, relying on the domain name system to supply routing
|
|
information if required. The use of source routes is deprecated (see
|
|
<a href="#appendix-F.2">Appendix F.2</a>); while servers MUST be prepared to receive and handle
|
|
them as discussed in <a href="#section-3.3">Section 3.3</a> and <a href="#appendix-F.2">Appendix F.2</a>, clients SHOULD NOT
|
|
transmit them and this section is included in the current
|
|
specification only to provide context. It has been modified somewhat
|
|
from the material in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> to prevent server actions that might
|
|
confuse clients or subsequent servers that do not expect a full
|
|
source route implementation.
|
|
|
|
For relay purposes, the forward-path may be a source route of the
|
|
form "@ONE,@TWO:JOE@THREE", where ONE, TWO, and THREE MUST be fully-
|
|
qualified domain names. This form is used to emphasize the
|
|
distinction between an address and a route. The mailbox (here, JOE@
|
|
THREE) is an absolute address, and the route is information about how
|
|
to get there. The two concepts should not be confused.
|
|
|
|
If source routes are used, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> and the text below should be
|
|
consulted for the mechanisms for constructing and updating the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 86]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-87" id="page-87" href="#page-87" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
forward-path. A server that is reached by means of a source route
|
|
(e.g., its domain name appears first in the list in the forward-path)
|
|
MUST remove its domain name from any forward-paths in which that
|
|
domain name appears before forwarding the message and MAY remove all
|
|
other source routing information. The reverse-path SHOULD NOT be
|
|
updated by servers conforming to this specification.
|
|
|
|
Notice that the forward-path and reverse-path appear in the SMTP
|
|
commands and replies, but not necessarily in the message. That is,
|
|
there is no need for these paths and especially this syntax to appear
|
|
in the "To:" , "From:", "CC:", etc. fields of the message header
|
|
section. Conversely, SMTP servers MUST NOT derive final message
|
|
routing information from message header fields.
|
|
|
|
When the list of hosts is present despite the recommendations above,
|
|
it is a "reverse" source route and indicates that the mail was
|
|
relayed through each host on the list (the first host in the list was
|
|
the most recent relay). This list is used as a source route to
|
|
return non-delivery notices to the sender. If, contrary to the
|
|
recommendations here, a relay host adds itself to the beginning of
|
|
the list, it MUST use its name as known in the transport environment
|
|
to which it is relaying the mail rather than that of the transport
|
|
environment from which the mail came (if they are different). Note
|
|
that a situation could easily arise in which some relay hosts add
|
|
their names to the reverse source route and others do not, generating
|
|
discontinuities in the routing list. This is another reason why
|
|
servers needing to return a message SHOULD ignore the source route
|
|
entirely and simply use the domain as specified in the Mailbox.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-D">Appendix D</a>. Scenarios</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
This section presents complete scenarios of several types of SMTP
|
|
sessions. In the examples, "C:" indicates what is said by the SMTP
|
|
client, and "S:" indicates what is said by the SMTP server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 87]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-88" id="page-88" href="#page-88" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-D.1">D.1</a>. A Typical SMTP Transaction Scenario</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
This SMTP example shows mail sent by Smith at host bar.com, and to
|
|
Jones, Green, and Brown at host foo.com. Here we assume that host
|
|
bar.com contacts host foo.com directly. The mail is accepted for
|
|
Jones and Brown. Green does not have a mailbox at host foo.com.
|
|
|
|
S: 220 foo.com Simple Mail Transfer Service Ready
|
|
C: EHLO bar.com
|
|
S: 250-foo.com greets bar.com
|
|
S: 250-8BITMIME
|
|
S: 250-SIZE
|
|
S: 250-DSN
|
|
S: 250 HELP
|
|
C: MAIL FROM:<Smith@bar.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Jones@foo.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Green@foo.com>
|
|
S: 550 No such user here
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Brown@foo.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: DATA
|
|
S: 354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
C: Blah blah blah...
|
|
C: ...etc. etc. etc.
|
|
C: .
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: QUIT
|
|
S: 221 foo.com Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 88]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-89" id="page-89" href="#page-89" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-D.2">D.2</a>. Aborted SMTP Transaction Scenario</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
S: 220 foo.com Simple Mail Transfer Service Ready
|
|
C: EHLO bar.com
|
|
S: 250-foo.com greets bar.com
|
|
S: 250-8BITMIME
|
|
S: 250-SIZE
|
|
S: 250-DSN
|
|
S: 250 HELP
|
|
C: MAIL FROM:<Smith@bar.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Jones@foo.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Green@foo.com>
|
|
S: 550 No such user here
|
|
C: RSET
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: QUIT
|
|
S: 221 foo.com Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 89]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-90" id="page-90" href="#page-90" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-D.3">D.3</a>. Relayed Mail Scenario</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
Step 1 -- Source Host to Relay Host
|
|
|
|
The source host performs a DNS lookup on XYZ.COM (the destination
|
|
address) and finds DNS MX records specifying xyz.com as the best
|
|
preference and foo.com as a lower preference. It attempts to open a
|
|
connection to xyz.com and fails. It then opens a connection to
|
|
foo.com, with the following dialogue:
|
|
|
|
S: 220 foo.com Simple Mail Transfer Service Ready
|
|
C: EHLO bar.com
|
|
S: 250-foo.com greets bar.com
|
|
S: 250-8BITMIME
|
|
S: 250-SIZE
|
|
S: 250-DSN
|
|
S: 250 HELP
|
|
C: MAIL FROM:<JQP@bar.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Jones@XYZ.COM>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: DATA
|
|
S: 354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
C: Date: Thu, 21 May 1998 05:33:29 -0700
|
|
C: From: John Q. Public <JQP@bar.com>
|
|
C: Subject: The Next Meeting of the Board
|
|
C: To: Jones@xyz.com
|
|
C:
|
|
C: Bill:
|
|
C: The next meeting of the board of directors will be
|
|
C: on Tuesday.
|
|
C: John.
|
|
C: .
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: QUIT
|
|
S: 221 foo.com Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 90]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-91" id="page-91" href="#page-91" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Step 2 -- Relay Host to Destination Host
|
|
|
|
foo.com, having received the message, now does a DNS lookup on
|
|
xyz.com. It finds the same set of MX records, but cannot use the one
|
|
that points to itself (or to any other host as a worse preference).
|
|
It tries to open a connection to xyz.com itself and succeeds. Then
|
|
we have:
|
|
|
|
S: 220 xyz.com Simple Mail Transfer Service Ready
|
|
C: EHLO foo.com
|
|
S: 250 xyz.com is on the air
|
|
C: MAIL FROM:<JQP@bar.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Jones@XYZ.COM>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: DATA
|
|
S: 354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
C: Received: from bar.com by foo.com ; Thu, 21 May 1998
|
|
C: 05:33:29 -0700
|
|
C: Date: Thu, 21 May 1998 05:33:22 -0700
|
|
C: From: John Q. Public <JQP@bar.com>
|
|
C: Subject: The Next Meeting of the Board
|
|
C: To: Jones@xyz.com
|
|
C:
|
|
C: Bill:
|
|
C: The next meeting of the board of directors will be
|
|
C: on Tuesday.
|
|
C: John.
|
|
C: .
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: QUIT
|
|
S: 221 foo.com Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 91]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-92" id="page-92" href="#page-92" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-D.4">D.4</a>. Verifying and Sending Scenario</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
S: 220 foo.com Simple Mail Transfer Service Ready
|
|
C: EHLO bar.com
|
|
S: 250-foo.com greets bar.com
|
|
S: 250-8BITMIME
|
|
S: 250-SIZE
|
|
S: 250-DSN
|
|
S: 250-VRFY
|
|
S: 250 HELP
|
|
C: VRFY Crispin
|
|
S: 250 Mark Crispin <Admin.MRC@foo.com>
|
|
C: MAIL FROM:<EAK@bar.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: RCPT TO:<Admin.MRC@foo.com>
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: DATA
|
|
S: 354 Start mail input; end with <CRLF>.<CRLF>
|
|
C: Blah blah blah...
|
|
C: ...etc. etc. etc.
|
|
C: .
|
|
S: 250 OK
|
|
C: QUIT
|
|
S: 221 foo.com Service closing transmission channel
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-E">Appendix E</a>. Other Gateway Issues</h2></span>
|
|
|
|
In general, gateways between the Internet and other mail systems
|
|
SHOULD attempt to preserve any layering semantics across the
|
|
boundaries between the two mail systems involved. Gateway-
|
|
translation approaches that attempt to take shortcuts by mapping
|
|
(such as mapping envelope information from one system to the message
|
|
header section or body of another) have generally proven to be
|
|
inadequate in important ways. Systems translating between
|
|
environments that do not support both envelopes and a header section
|
|
and Internet mail must be written with the understanding that some
|
|
information loss is almost inevitable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 92]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-93" id="page-93" href="#page-93" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h2"><h2></h2><h2><a name="appendix-F">Appendix F</a>. Deprecated Features of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a></h2></span>
|
|
|
|
A few features of <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> have proven to be problematic and SHOULD
|
|
NOT be used in Internet mail.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.1">F.1</a>. TURN</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
This command, described in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a>, raises important security issues
|
|
since, in the absence of strong authentication of the host requesting
|
|
that the client and server switch roles, it can easily be used to
|
|
divert mail from its correct destination. Its use is deprecated;
|
|
SMTP systems SHOULD NOT use it unless the server can authenticate the
|
|
client.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.2">F.2</a>. Source Routing</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> utilized the concept of explicit source routing to get mail
|
|
from one host to another via a series of relays. The requirement to
|
|
utilize source routes in regular mail traffic was eliminated by the
|
|
introduction of the domain name system "MX" record and the last
|
|
significant justification for them was eliminated by the
|
|
introduction, in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a>, of a clear requirement that addresses
|
|
following an "@" must all be fully-qualified domain names.
|
|
Consequently, the only remaining justifications for the use of source
|
|
routes are support for very old SMTP clients or MUAs and in mail
|
|
system debugging. They can, however, still be useful in the latter
|
|
circumstance and for routing mail around serious, but temporary,
|
|
problems such as problems with the relevant DNS records.
|
|
|
|
SMTP servers MUST continue to accept source route syntax as specified
|
|
in the main body of this document and in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123">RFC 1123</a>. They MAY, if
|
|
necessary, ignore the routes and utilize only the target domain in
|
|
the address. If they do utilize the source route, the message MUST
|
|
be sent to the first domain shown in the address. In particular, a
|
|
server MUST NOT guess at shortcuts within the source route.
|
|
|
|
Clients SHOULD NOT utilize explicit source routing except under
|
|
unusual circumstances, such as debugging or potentially relaying
|
|
around firewall or mail system configuration errors.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.3">F.3</a>. HELO</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
As discussed in Sections 3.1 and 4.1.1, EHLO SHOULD be used rather
|
|
than HELO when the server will accept the former. Servers MUST
|
|
continue to accept and process HELO in order to support older
|
|
clients.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 93]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-94" id="page-94" href="#page-94" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.4">F.4</a>. #-literals</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> provided for specifying an Internet address as a decimal
|
|
integer host number prefixed by a pound sign, "#". In practice, that
|
|
form has been obsolete since the introduction of TCP/IP. It is
|
|
deprecated and MUST NOT be used.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.5">F.5</a>. Dates and Years</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
When dates are inserted into messages by SMTP clients or servers
|
|
(e.g., in trace header fields), four-digit years MUST BE used. Two-
|
|
digit years are deprecated; three-digit years were never permitted in
|
|
the Internet mail system.
|
|
|
|
<span class="h1"><h1></h1><h1><a name="appendix-F.6">F.6</a>. Sending versus Mailing</h1></span>
|
|
|
|
In addition to specifying a mechanism for delivering messages to
|
|
user's mailboxes, <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> provided additional, optional, commands to
|
|
deliver messages directly to the user's terminal screen. These
|
|
commands (SEND, SAML, SOML) were rarely implemented, and changes in
|
|
workstation technology and the introduction of other protocols may
|
|
have rendered them obsolete even where they are implemented.
|
|
|
|
Clients SHOULD NOT provide SEND, SAML, or SOML as services. Servers
|
|
MAY implement them. If they are implemented by servers, the
|
|
implementation model specified in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc821">RFC 821</a> MUST be used and the
|
|
command names MUST be published in the response to the EHLO command.
|
|
|
|
Author's Address
|
|
|
|
John C. Klensin
|
|
1770 Massachusetts Ave, Suite 322
|
|
Cambridge, MA 02140
|
|
USA
|
|
|
|
EMail: john+smtp@jck.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<span class="grey">Klensin Standards Track [Page 94]</span>
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"><a name="page-95" id="page-95" href="#page-95" class="invisible"> </a>
|
|
<span class="grey"><a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321">RFC 5321</a> SMTP October 2008</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
Full Copyright Statement
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2008).
|
|
|
|
This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
|
|
contained in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp78">BCP 78</a>, and except as set forth therein, the authors
|
|
retain all their rights.
|
|
|
|
This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
|
|
"AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
|
|
OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST AND
|
|
THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
|
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF
|
|
THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
|
|
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
|
The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
|
|
Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
|
|
pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
|
|
this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
|
|
might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
|
|
made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information
|
|
on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
|
|
found in <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp78">BCP 78</a> and <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp79">BCP 79</a>.
|
|
|
|
Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
|
|
assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
|
|
attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
|
|
such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
|
|
specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
|
|
<a href="http://www.ietf.org/ipr">http://www.ietf.org/ipr</a>.
|
|
|
|
The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
|
|
copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
|
|
rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
|
|
this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at
|
|
ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Klensin Standards Track [Page 95]
|
|
</pre><pre class="newpage"></pre><br>
|
|
<span class="noprint"><small><small>Html markup produced by rfcmarkup
|
|
1.86, available from
|
|
<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/tools/rfcmarkup/">http://tools.ietf.org/tools/rfcmarkup/</a>
|
|
</small></small></span>
|
|
</body></html>
|